Leeda European Trade Catalogue 2018 by Leeda

2018

EUROPEAN TRADE CATALOGUE

MAP

Wychwood Game

TKS 901 5-6 TKS 801/701 7-8 TKS 601/501/ 401 9-10 TKS 310/201/101 11-12 TKS Carp Margin 1 & 2 13 TKS Power Margin 13 TKS Short Shalla Puller Kit 14 TKS Short Shalla Kit 14 TKS Cupping Kit 14 TKS Competitiion Cupping Kit 15 TKS Short No.3 Section 15 TKS Competition Match and Power Kits 15 TKS Traditional Match Kit 16 TKS Universal match and Power Kits 16 Parabolix Black Edition Bomb Rods Black Edition Feeder Rods Black Edition Feeder - Stepped up Version Carbon Quiver Tips Black Edition Waggler Rods

17 18 19 20 20

Dual Competition Bomb Rods Competition Feeder Rods Competition Distance Rods Carbon Quiver Tips Competition Float Rods

21 22 22 22 23

Reels

Seatboxes Z-36 Carbon Seatbox Z-36 Elite White Seatbox Z-30 Elite Seatbox H-30 Comp Seatbox H-30 Lite Seatbox Tray and Drawer Add Ons Pole Winders & Winder Trays Seatbox Accessories QRS Accessories

Barrows X4 Barrow X2 Barow Barrow Front accessory Bag Pole Rollers Clothing

45-46 47-52

Â¾ Length Jacket / Short Waterproof Jacket / Bib & Brace / Softshell Jacket / Softshell Gilet / Tech Hoody / Splash Hoody / Standard Hoody / Joggers / Hand Towel / Graphic T / Polo Shirt / Base Layers / Cap

Parabolix Black Addition Luggage

53-54

Dual Luggage EVA Luggage Landing Nets Keep & Landing Net Poles Slider Keepnets

55-58 59-60 61 62 63-64

Hook Length Boxes Meat Cutter Optimum Reel Line Power Optix Quick Change Feeder Systems

25-26 27-28 29 30 31 32 33-34 35-36 37-41

43 44 44

65 66 67 68 69-70

Pole Accessories

TKS Hollow Core Elastics / Puller Bung /PTFE Side Puller / Groundbait Pole Cups

Accessories

Flexi Pots / Lasso Tool / Silicone Tube / Pole Sock / Neoprene Rod Wraps

Foam Bodied Pole Floats Pole Floats

73-74 75-76

Drift Fly Rods Drift XL Fly Rods RS Fly Rods RS Competition Rods Quest V2 Fly Rods Wychwood Truefly Fly Rods Wychwood T2 Fly Rods Truespin SLA Truebait SLA Salmon Reels

77 78 79-80 81-82 83 84 85-86 87 87 88-90

Clothing

91-96

Wading Jacket / Boat Jacket / Bib & Brace / Overtrousers /Hybrid Jacket / Insulated Gilet / Soft Shell Jacket /Long Waistcoat / Short Waistcoat / Tech Hoody / Tech Tee / Graphic Tee / Technical Checked Shirt / Base Layers / Cap & Beanie

Waders & Wading Boots Wellington Boots Glasses Gear Trap wearable Luggage Wychwood Luggage Flow Luggage Drogues Nets & Net Bags Fly Boxes Fly Lines Tippets and Tapered Leaders Bugging Braid

97-98 99 100 101-102 103-107 108 109-110 111-113 114-118 119-123 124 125

Connect Backing

125

Accessories

126

Wrist support / Truefly Braided Loops / Spool Bands / Fly Line Tray / Car Seat Protector

Wychwood Carp Rods

Leeda 127-136

301 / 201 / 101 / Extricator / Riot / Extricator Plus / Agitator

Reels

137 -140

Shelters & Brollies

141-144

Riot Big Pit / Dispatch /Exorcist /Riot / Extricator 5000FD

MHR MKII Brolly System / MHR MKII Brolly / HD MHR Brolly / HD MHR Compact Brolly / HD MHR Brolly / MHR Overwrap / MHR Full Ground Sheet

Bedchairs & Sleeping Bag

145-147

Tactical Carp Tarp / Sleeping Bag / Tactical / Compact / Standard / Wide / Comforter

Chairs

148

Comforter Low / Recliner / High Leg / Extremis / Signature

Clothing

149-155

Parka/ Bib & Brace / Light Waterproof Jacket /Light Waterproof Pants /Hybrid Jacket / Softshell Jacket / Puffer Jacket / Cargo Trousers / Puffer Gilet / Jogging Bottoms / Tech Hoody / Hoody / Graphic T Shirt Emblem / Waterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Edge Boots / Sunglasses / Onesie / Base Layers

System Select Luggage

156 -160

Nets & Net Handles

161-162

Mats & Slings

163-166

T-Bar Scales

167-168

Bite Alarms

169-170

Metalware

171-173

Slug Bobbins Cooking

174 175-176

Tactical Stove / 6 Piece Pan and Kettle Set / Carpers Kettle

Tackle Boxes

177

Tools

178

Accessories

179

Baiting needle / Braid Scissors / Crimp Tools / Crimps Storm Sticks / Rod Lead Wrap / Barrow Elastic / Worm Wraps / Hook Bait Tubs / Air Dry bag

DPF Fluorocarbon

180

Poles & Pole Rollers

181-186 Profil Rods

Concept GT Power Carp / Concept GT Hit & Hold Margin / Concept GT Slim Power Margin / Pole Rollers / Carp Match / Universal Standard Top Kits / Elasticated Whips / Whips / Concept GT-X

Concept GT Rods & Reels

187

Bomb / Feeder / Twin Tip Combo / Power Feeder / Waggler / 30FD Reel / 40FD Reel / 50FD Reel

Concept GT-X Rods & Reels

188

Concept GT Nets & Handles

189

Keepnets

189

Concept GT Luggage

190

Bomb / Feeder / Waggler / 30FD Reel / 40FD Reel / 30FS Reel

Leeda Coarse Rods Leeda Reels

191 191-192

217-218

XS / Stillwater / Stream / Tele-Spin R / Spin R

Profil Reels Profil

219 230-232

Tapered Leaders / Backing Line / Braided Loops

Fly Boxes

223-224

Profil Tools

225

Priest / Vest Pack / Forceps / Zinger & Snips / Leader Starightner / Tippet Retainer / Line Clippers / Magnetic Net Hanger / Zinger

Game Nets

226

Knives

227

Scissors

227

Bass Bag

228

Fly Float Spray Icon Rods

228 231-239

Leeda Landing Net Handles

192

Coarse Kits

193 MPR / Light Sport / Bass Sport / Light Lure / 193 MX-Boat / Boat

Leeda Rods Meat Cutter Pole Rigs Coarse Accessories

194 Reels 194 Multipliers / Bait Caster / Surf / Spin 195-196 Icon Tripods

Rod Rests / Bubble Floats / Catapult / Hook Tyer / Bait Boxes / Plastic Rod Tubes

Rogue

Leeda Luggage

244

Icon Beanies & Neck warmer

246

Sea Reels

207-209

248

Disgorgers

249

Sea Accessories

250

Foam Wraps / Sea Float Kits

212-213 Tackle Boxes

Neoprene Chest Waders

214

PVC Chest Waders

214

Leeda Profil Waders

215

Chest Waders / Waist Waders / Thigh Waders / Wading Boots

247

Surfzone / Saltwater

210 Bait Rigs 211 Trace Rigs

Pike Floats & Traces

243

Surfzone/ Leeda

Boxes & Storage / Bivvy Table / Leeda Barrow / Bait Pots Weigh sling / Unhooking Mat / Net & Handle

Braid & Scales

241-242

Icon Accessoroes

197-206 Sea rods

Rods / Reels / Holdalls / Luggage / Pouches / Nets / Float / Bedchair / Bite Alarms / Mats & Slings / Metalware

Specimen Accessories

M-Sport Elite / M-Sport / FXD-Sport / FXD-Elite /

251 252 253-259

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

MAP TKS Poles

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

The TKS901 has just got even better.

How do you improve what was regarded as the best flagship pole on the market? It wasn’t a simple task but with the new TKS 901 2G, we have taken awardwinning performance and made it even better! Changes to the materials used on the three butt sections means that now, at full length, the TKS 901 2G is not only displays even better balance than its predecessor but is more rigid – this is pole design on a new level!

Utilising an exclusive carbon for the production of this pole, we’ve taken the original TKS 901 mandrel as the basis for this new model, meaning existing 701-901 users can interchange sections seamlessly. With Smooth Ship anti-friction finish throughout offering flawless performance and a spares package without equal, this is the pinnacle of today’s pole manufacturing.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

MAP TKS Poles

www.mapfishing.co.uk

B9280

TKS 901 16M

EACH

B9285

TKS 901 16M EXT

EACH

Features: 〉〉 Ultra high modulus carbon, which is exclusive to the 901 〉〉 Anti – Friction Finish throughout 〉〉 Sleek, understated artwork 〉〉 Reinforced joints 〉〉 Reinforced band on all kits for drilling 〉〉 Section Alignment system 〉〉 1362g @ 16.0m

Standard package includes: 〉〉 1 x Pre Bushed Match Kit Fitted 〉〉 8 x Pre Bushed Match Kits 〉〉 4 x Pre Bushed Power Kits 〉〉 3 x Short Number 3 sections 〉〉 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 〉〉 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 〉〉 1 x Deluxe Holdall 〉〉 12 month guarantee

MAP TKS Poles

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

TKS801 2G 16.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V3 Puller Match Kit Fitted 3 x Pre Bushed V3 Puller Power Kits 6 x Pre Bushed V3 Puller Match kits 2 x Short Number 3 Sections 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

Anti–friction finish throughout Reinforced sections Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic Rating 20

B9240 EACH

TKS701 2G 16.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V3 Puller Match Kit Fitted 3 x Pre Bushed V3 Puller Power Kits 5 x Pre Bushed V3 Puller Match kits 2 x Short Number 3 Sections 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

B9235 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

MAP TKS Poles

www.mapfishing.co.uk

TKS Competition Puller Match and Power Kits Supplied with TKS701, 801 and 901 models Will also fit all other TKS poles Both Match and Power kits are 2.7m in length Match kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band plus slotted puller fitted Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9023

PULLER MATCH KIT V3

EACH

B9026

PULLER POWER KIT V3

EACH

B9030

F1 CUPPING KIT

EACH

B9169

F1 SHALLA KIT

EACH

B9170

COMP CUPPING KIT

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP TKS Poles

TKS601 2G 16.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V2 Puller Match Kit Fitted 4 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Power Kits 2 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Match kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

B9230 EACH

TKS 501 2G 16.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V2 Puller Match Kit Fitted 3 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Power Kits 3 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Match kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

Anti–friction finish throughout Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic Rating 20

B9225 EACH

TKS 401 2G 14.5m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V2 Puller Match Kit Fitted 3 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Power Kits 2 x Pre Bushed V2 Puller Match kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

Anti–friction finish throughout Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic Rating 20

B9220 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

MAP TKS Poles

www.mapfishing.co.uk

TKS Competition Puller Match and Power Kits Supplied with TKS401, 501 and 601 models Will also fit all other TKS poles Both Match and Power Kits are 2.7m in length Match Kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power Kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band plus slotted puller fitted Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9022

PULLER MATCH KIT V2

EACH

B9025

PULLER POWER KIT V2

EACH

B9030

F1 CUPPING KIT

EACH

B9169

F1 SHALLA KIT

EACH

B9170

COMP CUPPING KIT

EACH

SP9115-4S

SHORT N03 401/501

EACH

SP9125-4S

SHORT NO3 601

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP TKS Poles

TKS 301 2G 14.5m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V1 Puller Match Kit Fitted 4 x Pre Bushed V1 Puller Power Kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole holdall

Anti–friction finish throughout Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic Rating 20

B9215 EACH

TKS 201 2G 13.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V1 Puller Match Kit Fitted 3 x Pre Bushed V1 Puller Power Kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Deluxe Pole Holdall

Anti–friction finish throughout Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic rating 20

B9210 EACH

TKS 101 2G 13.0m Pole Standard package includes:

Features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x Pre-Bushed V1 Puller Match Kit Fitted 2 x Pre Bushed V1 Puller Power Kits 1 x Rigid Cupping Kit with Cups 1 x Reinforced Mini Extension 1 x Pole Bag

Anti–friction finish throughout Sleek, understated artwork Fitted side pullers on all kits Extra-long pure PTFE bushes fitted on all kits Section alignment system Elastic Rating 20

B9205 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

MAP TKS Poles

www.mapfishing.co.uk

TKS Competition Puller Match and Power Kits Supplied with TKS 101, 201 and 301 models Will also fit all other TKS poles Both Match and Power Kits are 2.7m in length Match Kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power Kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band plus slotted puller fitted Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9021

PULLER MATCH KIT V1

EACH

B9024

PULLER POWER KIT V1

EACH

B9030

F1 CUPPING KIT

EACH

B9169

F1 SHALLA KIT

EACH

B9170

COMP CUPPING KIT

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

TKS M1 Competition 8.7m Pole The TKS M1 Competition has been designed to be compatible with the TKS 401 and 501. Every section will interchange with these models, making the M1 the perfect tool to use when fishing for big weights at close range. Designed to catch big weights, the M1 is ultra-responsive and offers incredible wall strength throughout. Featuring an Anti-Friction easy ship finish throughout, and pre-bushed power kits fitted with side pullers.

MAP TKS Poles

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ultra-strong margin pole All sections interchange with TKS 401 and 501 models Anti-Friction finish throughout Integral Pre-bushed Power Kit 1 x Extra pre-bushed Power Kit Both kits fitted with side pullers Supplied in clear plastic tube and pole bag

B9245 EACH

TKS M2 Competition 8.7m Pole An outstanding margin pole that’s been designed to be totally compatible with the TKS 601 to 901. Every section will interchange with these models. Incredibly responsive, with ultra-strong wall strength throughout. Designed using premium grade materials, it has a feel of a match pole, but the power of margin pole. Featuring an Anti-Friction easy ship finish throughout, and pre-bushed power kits fitted with side pullers. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ultra-strong margin pole All sections interchange with TKS 601 through to 901 models Anti-Friction finish throughout Integral Pre-bushed Power Kit 1 x Extra pre-bushed Power Kit Both kits fitted with side pullers Supplied in clear plastic tube and pole bag

B9250 EACH

TKS Power Margin 8.5m To complement the range of TKS poles, we have introduced a super-strong, ultra-slim, margin pole, which has been designed to withstand the most punishing types of fishing. The TKS Power Margin weighs a mere 488 grams at 8.5m and, being this light, we have been able to design an optional 1.6m parallel extension, allowing you to take it to longer lengths without compromising its performance. Don’t forget, if you already own any TKS pole your top kits will also fit it! Features: 〉〉 Any TKS kit will fit it 〉〉 Ultra-slim – 39mm in diameter 〉〉 Ultra-strong B9180 EACH

〉〉 Optional 10.0m parallel extension available

B9181

10M EXT

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

F1 Short Shallow Puller Kits

NEW 6ft

Stiffens the poles action up considerably 6ft one piece Fits any TKS poles as well as many other manufacturers Fitted with side puller Pre-bushed with large bore PTFE bush

B9080

SHORT SHALLA PULL KIT GREY

EACH

B9081

SHORT SHALLA PULL KIT STANDARD

EACH

F1 Short / Shalla Kit

MAP TKS Poles

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6ft

Designed for fishing shallow venues for F1’s 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ideal for fishing up against islands Stiffens up the poles action considerably One piece 6ft in length Fits any TKS pole as well as many other manufacturers’ poles Reinforced band on all kits for drilling Pre-bushed with a large bore PTFE bush

B9169 EACH

F1 Cupping Kit £29.99 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6ft

Designed to complement the F1 shallow kit Ultra rigid one piece kit 6ft in length Will fit any TKS pole Big bore and designed for Ground Bair MAP Cups

B9030 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

TKS Competition Cupping Kit Fits all TKS poles.

MAP TKS Poles

B9170 EACH

TKS Short No3 Sections Designed to fit the 401 to 901 range of TKS poles. 〉〉 Perfect for fishing long pole 〉〉 Ideal for carp fishing 〉〉 Smooth ship finish SP9115-4S

SHORT NO3 401/501

EACH

SP9125-4S

SHORT NO3 601

EACH

SP9145-4S

SHORT NO3 701/801

EACH

SP9147-4S

SHORT NO3 901

EACH

TKS Competition 3 Match and Power Kits 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Will also fit all other TKS poles Both Match and Power kits are 2.7m in length Match kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9162

MATCH KIT 3

EACH

B9167

POWER KIT 3

EACH

TKS Competition 2 Match and Power Kits

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Will also fit all other TKS poles Both Match and Power Kits are 2.7m in length Match Kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power Kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9161

MATCH KIT 2

EACH

B9166

POWER KIT 2

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

TKS Competition 1 Match and Power Kits 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Will also fit all other TKS poles. Both Match and Power Kits are 2.7m in length Match Kit fitted with a 3.5mm pure internal PTFE bush Power Kit fitted with a 4.2mm pure internal PTFE bush Supplied with reinforced band Anti-Friction finish Power Kit 20 elastic rating Match Kit 12 elastic rating

B9160

MATCH KIT 1

EACH

B9165

POWER KIT 1

EACH

MAP TKS Section Protectors - 2G Series

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Reversible so one section protector fits two different sections Will fit TKS poles 401 up to 901 Fits sections 4,5 and 6,7 Super-strong

B9121

TKS 401/501 SECTION PRO 4/5

EACH

B9122

TKS 401/501 SECTION PRO 6/7

EACH

B9126

TKS 601-901 SECTION PRO 4/5

EACH

B9127

TKS 601-901 SECTION PRO 6/7

EACH

MAP TKS Poles

Designed to protect sections when fishing at shorter lengths.

TKS Traditional Match Kit 〉〉 Traditional Match Kit for anglers who fish for silvers 〉〉 Supplied with traditional long number 1 section 〉〉 Elastic Rating 12 B9029 EACH

TKS Universal Match and Power Kits Will fit any TKS pole Both Match and Power kits have Anti-Fiction Finish Both are pre-bushed and 2.7m in length Match rated to 12 elastics Power rated to 20 elastics

B9027

UNIVERSAL MATCH

EACH

B9028

UNIVERSAL POWER

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

P A R A B O L I X

R O D

R A N G E

The new black edition Parabolix: Black Edition rod range offers all the requirements of the modern-day match angler. With a choice of nine rods in the range, there’s a rod that covers all fishing situations, from silver fishing on natural venues to commercial carp fishing. Advances in carbon technology have allowed us to design a range of rods with superb casting accuracy, but at the same time offering the ultimate fish playing actions. It’s not only how these rods perform, it’s how they look that also sets them apart. The handle design is a blend of rubberised cork and a soft touch durable rubber that not only grips well in all conditions, but also adds a touch of class to the rod. The ultra slim blanks all feature a luxury gloss black

MAP Rods

finish, with silver tipping’s. Each rod is supplied in a deluxe padded rod bag and supplied with two neoprene rod bands.

Parabolix Black Edition 9ft Bomb

NEW

Ultra slim with an incredible through action, this 9ft bomb rod is ideal for silvers on natural venues, but really comes into own fishing for F1’s on commercials. The blank has enough power to cast arcuately, but its once you hook a fish, that you really appreciate just how good this rod is. Supplied with three carbon tips – 0.5oz, 1oz and 1.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ultra-high modulus carbon Parabolic action Unique handle design Oversized guides Fuji reel seat Hook keeper ring Supplied with three carbon tips 0.5oz, 1.0oz and 1.5oz Supplied with two neoprene rod bands Supplied in deluxe padded rod bag

A5050 EACH

Parabolix Black Edition 10ft Bomb

NEW

Ultra slim with an incredible through action, this 10ft bomb rod is ideal for silvers on natural venues, but really comes into own fishing for F1’s on commercials. The blank has enough power to cast arcuately, but its once you hook a fish, that you really appreciate just how good this rod is. Supplied with three carbon tips – 0.5oz, 1oz and 1.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

A5051 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Parabolix Black Edition 11ft Feeder

NEW

This is a truly versatile rod. Equally at home catching bream on reservoirs, as it is catching carp on commercials. The lower sections have the power to cast, but you need to play a fish to appreciate just how good this rod is. Supplied with three carbon tips – 0.5oz, 1oz and 1.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Parabolix Black Edition 12ft Feeder

NEW

This is a truly versatile rod. Equally at home catching bream on reservoirs, as it is catching carp on commercials. The lower sections have the power to cast, but you need to play a fish to appreciate just how good this rod is. Supplied with three carbon tips – 1.5z, 2oz and 2.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

MAP Rods

A5052 EACH

Ultra-high modulus carbon Parabolic action Unique handle design Oversized guides Fuji reel seat Hook keeper ring Supplied with three big guide carbon tips 1.5oz, 2.0oz and 2.5oz Supplied with two neoprene rod bands Supplied in deluxe padded rod bag

A5053 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Parabolix Black Edition 10ft Feeder

NEW

The 10ft feeder is a totally different animal to the 10ft Bomb rod. This rod offers a lot more power and is ideal for method feeder fishing for carp on commercials. However, even though this rod offers a lot more power in its lower sections, its fish playing action is still immense. Supplied with three carbon tips – 0.5oz, 1oz and 1.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

MAP Rods

A5084 EACH

Parabolix Black Edition 11ft SUV Feeder – Stepped up version

NEW

The 11ft SUV (Stepped up version) is the more powerful version of the 11ft feeder. Manufactured off the same mandrel, this little beast is ideally for venues where you need to cast that little further, and the fish pull a little harder! Supplied with three carbon tips – 0.5oz, 1oz and 1.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

A5085 EACH

Parabolix Black Edition 12ft SUV feeder - Stepped up version

NEW

The 12ft SUV (Stepped up version) is the more powerful version of the 12ft feeder. Manufactured off the same mandrel, this little beast is ideally for venues where you need to cast that little further, and the fish pull a little harder! Supplied with three carbon tips – 1.5oz, 2oz and 2.5oz, a quality padded rod bag and two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

A5086 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

A5054

DUAL / PARABOLIX 0.5OZ YELLOW TIP

A5055

DUAL / PARABOLIX 1OZ WHITE TIP

A5056

DUAL / PARABOLIX 1.5OZ ORANGE TIP

A5000

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 1.5OZ RED TIP

A5001

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 2.0OZ WHITE TIP

A5002

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 2.5OZ GREEN TIP

NEW

Parabolix Black Edition 11ft Waggler

NEW

Ultra slim with an incredible through action, this 11ft waggler is ideal for pellet waggler fishing for both carp and F1’s. the blank has enough power in the lower sections to ensure casting remains accurate, yet soft enough to ensure the hook doesn’t pull once the fish is under your rod tip. Supplied in a quality padded rod bag with two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

MAP Rods

Parabolix Carbon Quiver Tips

Ultra-high modulus carbon Parabolic action Unique handle design Oversized guides Fuji reel seat Hook keeper ring Supplied with two neoprene rod bands Supplied in deluxe padded rod bag

A5057 EACH

Parabolix Black Edition 12ft Waggler

NEW

Ultra slim with an incredible through action, this 12ft waggler is ideal for pellet waggler fishing for both carp and F1’s. the blank has enough power in the lower sections to ensure casting remains accurate, yet soft enough to ensure the hook doesn’t pull once the fish is under your rod tip. Supplied in a quality padded rod bag with two neoprene rod bands. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ultra-high modulus carbon Parabolic action Unique handle design Oversized guides Fuji reel seat Hook keeper ring Supplied with two neoprene rod bands Supplied in deluxe padded rod bag

A5059 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

DUAL

MAP Rods

The Dual competition rod range, is our mid-level rod offering, designed to cover all types of fishing. The range covers every situation, from a 9ft bomb rod for chucking over your pole line, or short islands chucks to 12’9’’ distance rods, with over sided guides, that will cast feeders into the horizon. There’s a wide range of quiver tips that complement the feeder rods, that allow you to fish a range of styles from shy biting skimmers to double figure carp. Each rod features quality designed handles, with screw reel seats. The gloss black blanks are neatly finished with quality guides with each rod supplied with a quality bag.

Dual Competition 9ft Bomb

NEW

A two-piece 9ft rod that’s been designed for short chucks or casting over your pole line. Ideal for small carp and F1’s, but can also be used for small species on natural venues due to its soft through action. A must for any angler. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Quality guides Hook keeper ring Supplied with three carbon tips 0.5oz, 1.0oz and 1.5oz Casting weight 15-25g

A5077 EACH

Dual Competition 10ft Bomb

NEW

A two-piece 8ft rod that’s been designed for a range of styles and methods. This has enough power in the lower sections. Making it Ideal for chucking method feeders short distances, but also doubles up as an awesome bomb fishing rod for larger carp on commercials. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Quality guides Hook keeper ring Supplied with three carbon tips 0.5oz, 1.0oz and 1.5oz Casting weight 20-30g

A5078 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Dual Competition 11ft Feeder

NEW

This is a truly an all-round rod. Its more than capable of casting 30g method feeders and catching big weights of carp, as it is catching bream on natural venues. This is a very versatile rod, and one that casts well, but still retains an awesome fish playing action. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Quality guides Hook keeper ring Supplied with three carbon tips 0.5oz, 1.0oz and 1.5oz Casting weight 25-50g

Dual Competition 12ft Feeder

NEW

MAP Rods

A5079 EACH

High modulus carbon Quality guides Hook keeper ring Supplied with three big guide carbon tips 1.5oz, 2.0oz and 2.5oz Casting weight 45-80g

A5080 EACH

Dual Competition 12’9’’Distance Feeder

NEW

Is this the best value for money distance feeder rod on the market – we think so. This rod is ideal for casting feeders into the horizon, but it still retains a fish playing action that most distance feeder rods lack. A minimal number of oversized guides ensure casting is made easy, and its home casting up to 120g with ease. A must for any angler who require a distance feeder rod. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Quality guides Hook keeper ring Oversized guides Supplied with three carbon tips 1.5oz, 2.0oz and 2.5oz Casting weight 75-120g

A5081 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP Rods

Dual Carbon Quiver Tips

NEW

A5054

DUAL / PARABOLIX 0.5OZ YELLOW TIP

EACH

A5055

DUAL / PARABOLIX 1OZ WHITE TIP

EACH

A5056

DUAL / PARABOLIX 1.5OZ ORANGE TIP

EACH

A5000

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 1.5OZ RED TIP

EACH

A5001

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 2.0OZ WHITE TIP

EACH

A5002

DUAL / PARABOLIX BIG GUIDE 2.5OZ GREEN TIP

EACH

A5003

DUAL DISTANCE FEEDER 1.5OZ YELLOW TIP

EACH

A5004

DUAL DISTANCE FEEDER 2.0OZ WHITE TIP

EACH

A5005

DUAL DISTANCE FEEDER 3.0OZ ORANGE TIP

EACH

Dual Competition 11ft Float

NEW

A two-piece rod that’s ideal for pellet waggler fishing. This rod has enough power in the lower sections to punch wagglers into head winds, but still retains a truly superb fish playing action. Ideal for fish into double figures and is supplied in a quality rod bag with two neoprene rod wraps. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Ultra slim blank Screw reel seat Quality guides Hook keeper ring 4-8lb main lines

A5082 EACH

Dual Competition 12ft Float

NEW

A two-piece rod that’s ideal for pellet waggler fishing. This rod has enough power in the lower sections to punch waggler’s into head winds, but still retains a truly superb fish playing action. Ideal for fish into double figures and is supplied in a quality rod bag with two neoprene rod wraps. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon Ultra slim blank Screw reel seat Quality guides Hook keeper ring 4-10lb main lines

A5083 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

P-SERIES Two remarkably smooth reels with incredible winding power that will cover all running line techniques. Both models have been developed and tested to ensure they can withstand the demands of modern day float and feeder f ishing. Clever features include oversized aluminium spools that incorporate our unique ACS line clip, lightweight and compact body with the perfect internal gear ratios to suit each reel. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Auto clip system Wide spool design Balanced rotor, anti-twist line roller Ultra-sensitive front drag 9+1 Ball bearings High density eva handles Gear ratio P3000 (5.1:1) P4000 (6.1:1) Supplied with single and double handles and extra spare spool

Line weight lb/capacity 〉〉 P3000 4lb - 250m | 5lb - 200m | 6lb - 150m 〉〉 P4000 4lb - 300m | 5lb - 250m | 6lb -200m Weight:

MAP Reel

〉〉 P3000 - 280g 〉〉 P4000 - 300g C0790 P3000 EACH C0795 P4000 EACH

〉〉 Spare Spools C0791 P3000 EACH C0796 P4000 EACH

ACS 4000

ACS 3000/4000FD

4000FS

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Line weight lb/capacity: 10lb - 180yd | 12lb - 140yd | 14lb - 100yd

Weight: 280g C0705 EACH

〉〉 Spare Spool C0706 EACH

ACS Clip System 8 + 1 ball bearings Instant anti-reverse Balanced rotor Anti-twist line roller Sensitive drag system Single and double handles with soft touch rubber grip 〉〉 3000FD supplied with one spare shallow spool 〉〉 4000FD supplied with one spare deep spool Line weight lb/capacity 〉〉 3000FD 3lb - 125yd | 4lb - 100yd | 5lb - 80yd 〉〉 4000FD 4lb - 250yd | 2lb - 200yd | 6lb - 170yd Weight: 〉〉 3000FD- 267g 〉〉 4000FD - 348g

ACS Clip System 8 + 1 ball bearings Instant anti-reverse Balanced rotor Anti-twist line roller Sensitive drag system Single and double handles with soft touch rubber grip 〉〉 Supplied with one spare shallow spool Line weight lb/capacity: 4lb - 300yd | 5lb - 240yd | 6lb - 200yd Weight: 347g 〉〉 4000FD - 348g C0905 EACH

〉〉 Spare Spools

C0907 3000FD EACH

C0906 EACH

C0909 4000FD EACH

〉〉 Spare Spools C0908

3000FD SS

EACH

C0911

4000FD DS

EACH

Auto clip system Balanced rotor Sensitive front/rear drag system S-stroke drive system Anti-twist roller Right/left hand interchangeable double handle Power free spin system Worm shaft system 8 + 1 Ball bearings Supplied in deluxe padded reel case Supplied with extra spare spool

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP Seat Boxes

z-36 The advent of manufacturing with carbon fibre has opened up all a whole range of opportunities in a variety of markets, from Formula 1 to fishing. The benefits over other materials are vast, lighter, and stronger, more temperature tolerant and malleable, carbon fibre brings a whole new dimension to high performance products. It’s with this spirt of innovation that has led us to bring the world’s first ever carbon frame seat box to market – The Z36 Elite Carbon. Manufactured from a high modulus carbon, the frame is visually stunning due to the seamless rounded design. Designed, developed and tested in the UK each frame is built and finished almost exclusively by hand, in a dedicated production facility, to ensure it meets its unmistakable look. The Z36 Elite Carbon is also supplied 36mm diameter legs that ensures the box offers the ultimate in stability. Standard package includes: • 1 x Shallow drawer unit • 1 x Deep drawer unit • 1 x Shallow tray unit • 1 x Stacker lid with carry handle • 1 x Padded carry strap • 1 x Seat box Cover

Features: • 36mm diameter legs with telescopic Inners • Legs include threaded screw inserts for accessories • Lightweight carbon frame • Sliding footplate with twist lock locking pins • Large diameter swivel mud feet • Padded pole seat with pole support • Water resistant seals on drawer and tray units • Divided drawer units

SB5000 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

MAP Seat Boxes

NEW

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

z-36 elite MAP Seat Boxes

white The new Elite Z36 white edition features the same technical design and innovation as the Z30, but features 36mm legs which are considered a must have for many anglers. Designed developed and tested in the UK, The Elite Z36 features a stunning white frame that’s been beautifully crafted and features machined aluminium blocks that allow it to be extremely lightweight, yet offers ultimate strength. The 36mm legs offer incredible stability, and the stacking system allows deep or shallow tray units to be stored underneath the box in any order without the need of a runner on the bottom tray. Each leg is fully extending and feature threaded inserts for accessory attachments. Benefiting from an extensive range of drawers and trays, plus the benefit of the huge range of QRS add on accessories, there’s a new benchmark for seat box design. Standard package includes: 〉〉 1 x Shallow drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Deep drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Shallow tray unit 〉〉 1 x Stacker lid with carry handle 〉〉 1 x Padded carry strap 1 x Seat box Cover

Features: 〉〉 36mm diameter legs with telescopic Inners 〉〉 Legs include threaded screw inserts for accessories 〉〉 Lightweight aluminium frame 〉〉 Sliding footplate with twist lock locking pins 〉〉 Large diameter swivel mud feet 〉〉 Padded pole seat with pole support 〉〉 Water resistant seals on drawer and tray units 〉〉 Divided drawer units

SB4000 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

MAP Seat Boxes

NEW

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP Seat Boxes

z-30 elite The Elite Z30 is a result of years of technical design and innovation. Designed, developed and tested in the UK, the Z30 Elite is based around a beautifully crafted aluminium ‘Z’ frame that features machined aluminium blocks that allows it to be extremely lightweight, yet offers ultimate strength. Totally unique to the Z30 is the stacking system that allows deep or shallow tray units to be stored underneath the box in any order without the need of a runner on the bottom tray. Each leg is fully extending and feature threaded inserts for accessory attachments. Benefiting from an extensive range of drawers and trays, plus the benefit of the huge range of QRS add on accessories, there’s a new benchmark for seat box design. Standard package includes: 〉〉 1 x Shallow drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Deep drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Shallow tray unit 〉〉 1 x Stacker lid with carry handle 〉〉 1 x Padded carry strap 〉〉 1 x Seat box Cover

Features: 〉〉 30mm diameter legs with telescopic Inners 〉〉 Legs include threaded screw inserts for accessories 〉〉 Lightweight aluminium frame 〉〉 Sliding footplate with twist lock locking pins 〉〉 Large diameter swivel mud feet 〉〉 Padded pole seat with pole support 〉〉 Water resistant seals on drawer and tray units 〉〉 Divided drawer units

*Actual product will differ from photograph

SB6000 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

H-30 comp MAP Seat Boxes

The H30 Competition seat box has been designed for the more traditional angler. Featuring all the technical design and innovative that’s on the Z30, this box offers a deep base unit for storage of reels, catapults and other accessories, but also allows extra drawer and tray units to be added to suit the anglers requirements. Benefiting from an extensive range of drawers and trays, plus the benefit of the huge range of QRS add on accessories, there’s a new benchmark for seat box design. Standard package includes: 〉〉 1 x Shallow drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Deep drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Deep base unit 〉〉 1 x Padded carry strap 〉〉 1 x Seat box Cover

*Actual product will differ from photograph

SB7000 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

H-30 lite MAP Seat Boxes

The H30 Lite is ideal for the angler who prefers a light weight box, or has limited space in the boot of the car. This stunning little gem features all the innovative that our flag ship Z30 box offers. Benefiting from an extensive range of drawers and trays, plus the benefit of the huge range of QRS add on accessories, there’s a new benchmark for seat box design. Standard package includes: 〉〉 1 x Shallow drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Deep drawer unit 〉〉 1 x Padded carry strap 〉〉 1 x Seat box Cover

*Actual product will differ from photograph

SB8000 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Shallow Drawer inserts

NEW

Designed to fit into the shallow side drawer on MAP seat boxes. These three shallow tray units fit perfectly and are supplied with two water-resistant rubber dividers to ensure a snug fit. Ideal for storage of shot, floats, line or any other accessory that you may need quick access to. SB0090 EACH

* Side drawer not included

NEW

MAP Seat Boxes

Designed to fit into the deep side drawer on MAP seat boxes. These two tray units fit perfectly and are supplied with a water-resistant rubber divider to ensure a snug fit. Ideal for storage of shot, floats, line or any other accessory that you may need quick access to. SB0091 EACH

* Side drawer not included

Tray and Drawer Add Ons 01. SB0007

SHALLOW DRAWER UNIT

£59.99

EACH

02 SB0008

SHALLOW TRAY UNIT

£34.99

EACH

03 SB0009

DEEP DRAWER UNIT

£59.99

EACH

04. SB0010

DEEP TRAY UNIT

£48.99

EACH

05 SB6503

150MM BASE UNIT

£109.99

EACH

Deep Drawer inserts

MAP Box Accessories

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Pole Winder Tray 26cm

Pole Winder Tray 19cm

Pole Winder Tray 13cm

Designed to fit into the shallow tray units on MAP seat boxes. The tray features strips of neoprene to keep the pole winders secure, and the tray is loaded with 15 x 26cm pole winders. Each pole winder features a sliding anchor that eliminates the need for pole anchors.

Designed to fit into the shallow tray units on MAP seat boxes. The tray features strips of neoprene to keep the pole winders secure, and the tray is loaded with 28 x 19cm pole winders. Each pole winder features a sliding anchor that eliminates the need for pole anchors.

Designed to fit into the shallow tray units on MAP seat boxes. The tray features strips of neoprene to keep the pole winders secure, and the tray is loaded with 52 x 13cm pole winders. Each pole winder features a sliding anchor that eliminates the need for pole anchors.

〉〉 Designed to fit into shallow tray units on MAP boxes 〉〉 Tray is loaded with 15 x 26cm pole winders 〉〉 Features neoprene strips to keep winders secure 〉〉 Each winder features a sliding anchor eliminating the need for a pole anchor

〉〉 Designed to fit into shallow tray units on MAP boxes 〉〉 Tray is loaded with 28 x 19cm pole winders 〉〉 Features neoprene strips to keep winders secure 〉〉 Each winder features a sliding anchor eliminating the need for a pole anchor

〉〉 Designed to fit into shallow tray units on MAP boxes 〉〉 Tray is loaded with 52 x 13cm pole winders 〉〉 Features neoprene strips to keep winders secure 〉〉 Each winder features a sliding anchor eliminating the need for a pole anchor

R0106

R0105

R0104

3 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

3 PACK

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Pole Winders

Ultra-Durable pole winders that feature a sliding anchor that eliminates the need for pole anchors. This sliding anchor can be moved the full length of the pole winder. There is also a pin on each end of the pole winder, meaning you can wind your rig on the pole winder anyway you like. 〉〉 Ultra-Durable 〉〉 Sliding Anchor 〉〉 Available in three sizes: 13cm, 19cm and 26cm 26CM (5 WINDERS PER PACK)

02. R0102

19CM (10 WINDERS PER PACK)

3 PACK 3 PACK

03. R0103

13CM (10 WINDERS PER PACK)

3 PACK

QRS Winder Tray Colour Indicators

MAP Box Accessories

01. R0101

Coloured indicators for colour coding your winder trays and units. Simply remove the black clip that’s on each unit, and replace it with the colour indicator. Each pack contains 4 pieces. Ideal for colour coding your winder trays Available in 4 colours Blue Green and Pink to match MAP pole winders 4 pieces per pack

01. SB0004

BLUE

£1.65

5 PACK

02. SB0005

PINK

£1.65

5 PACK

03. SB0006

GREEN

£1.65

5 PACK

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

MAP Box Accessories

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Left Side Clip

Right Side Clip

Left side clip from tray and drawer units that fits all MAP seat boxes.

Right side clip from tray and drawer units that fits all MAP seat boxes.

SB0031 EACH

SB0032 EACH

Shallow Drawer Unit

Deep Drawer Unit

Spare shallow drawer that fits all MAP seat boxes.

Spare deep drawer that fits all MAP seat boxes.

SB0033 EACH

SB0034 EACH

Pole Seat

Leg Hand Wheel and Grip Washer

Spare pole seat that fits the all MAP seat boxes. Fully padded with a carbon friendly pole retaining strap.

Spare seat box leg hand wheel that’s supplied with a spacer washer. SB0036 EACH

SB0035 EACH

Threaded Leg cap

Small Grip Handle

Replacement threaded end cap. Fits into 30mm legs supplied with MAP seat boxes and accessories.

Replacement screw handle that retains the inner leg on telescopic legs supplied on MAP seat boxes and accessories.

SB0037 30MM EACH

SB0038 EACH

SB0087 36MM EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Mud Foot

Frame Connector

Replacement mud foot thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s supplied on MAP seat box legs.

Replacement clip that connects the top unit of the seat box to the frame on MAP seat boxes.

SB0039 EACH

Stacker Lid with handle

Replacement unit slider for stacking system on Z30 seat box frame.

Replacement stacker lid with handle. Ideal for anglers wanting to carry for stacker units.

SB0041 EACH SB0042 EACH

Footplate slider

Footplate

Replacement foot plate slider

Replacement footplate for MAP seat boxes.

SB0043 EACH

SB0044 EACH

Seat Box Cover

Shoulder Strap

Replacement seat box cover for MAP seat boxes.

Replacement padded shoulder strap. Fits all MAP seat boxes.

SB0047 EACH

SB0048 EACH

Unit Slider

MAP Box Accessories

SB0040 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

i WHAT IS QRS n n MAP’s unique Quick Release System is the most adapatable seatbox accessory range ever released.

MAP Box Accessories

n n Based around a unique clamp that features removeable 25mm, 30mm and 36mm to fit different leg systems, at the touch of a button you can swap and change accessories without ever having to remove the fixing clamp from the seatbox leg.

QRS Outrigger Arms

NEW

Designed to be used with pole socks, butt rests, pole grips and other accessories that sit away from the seatbox, QRS Outrigger Arms all feature an integrated QRS clamp with 25mm, 30mm and 36mm inserts so they can be used on the majority of round legged seatboxes available.

01 02

There are three sizes to choose from and all are covered in soft EVA foam to protect pole sections when used as a. They also feature a detachable QRS Accessory Insert so accessories can be quickly swapped and changed in seconds. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs QRS quick release system that allows the arm to be removed from knuckle Detachable threaded accessory insert for accessories Available in short (20cm) Medium (30cm) and Long (40cm) options

01. SB0100

SMALL

3 PACK

02. SB0101

MEDIUM

3 PACK

03. SB0102

LARGE

3 PACK

QRS Accessory Bar

NEW

Designed to fit across your footplate and for attaching keepnets. Supplied with 3 sizes of inserts, so it will fit 25, 30 and 36mm round legs. It also comes supplied with two accessory bar clamps with quick release inserts so keepnet’s can be attached and detached with ease. 〉〉 Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs 〉〉 Ideal for keepnets and other accessories like pole socks 〉〉 Supplied with two QRS clamps so nets can be attached or detached with ease

SB0103 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

QRS Accessory Arm

NEW

Available in two different lengths, these arms are ideal for mounting butt rests, additional keepnets and other accessories directly off the seatbox leg. Supplied with 25mm, 30mm and 36mm inserts to fit the majority of round legged seatboxes available, these accessory arms feature a QRS Accessory Insert to make changing accessory simple.

01. SB0104

SMALL

3 PACK

02. SB0105

MEDIUM

3 PACK

QRS Double Outrigger Arm

NEW

Designed to be used with pole socks, pole grips. The medium double outrigger arm is fitted two quick release inserts that can be used with a multitude of accessories. Fitted with a QRS clamp that offers our 180° multi lock system, and also allows the arm to be detached by the quick release button. The arm is covered in EVA foam to protect pole sections. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs QRS quick release system that allows the arm to be removed from knuckle Detachable threaded accessory inserts for accessories Available in Medium (30cm) and Long (40cm) options

01. SB0106

MEDIUM

3 PACK

02. SB0107

LONG

3 PACK

QRS Keepnet Clamp

MAP QRS Accessories

〉〉 Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs 〉〉 Ideal for keepnets and other accessories 〉〉 Supplied with QRS accessory insert so nets and other accessories can be attached or detached with ease

NEW

Designed for attaching keepnets and other accessories onto seatbox legs, the QRS Keepnet Clamp will allow you to do so thanks to 25mm, 30mm and 36mm leg inserts. 〉〉 Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs 〉〉 Ideal for keepnets and other accessories 〉〉 Supplied with QRS attachment so nets and other accessories can be attached or detached with ease SB0108

3 PACK

QRS Feeder Arm

NEW

The QRS feeder arm offers complete horizontal and vertical adjustment, and is also fitted with a QRS clamp so it can be attached or detached with ease. The arm is also supplied with a threaded quick release accessory insert, so rod rest heads can be attached or removed easily. Supplied with inserts to fit 25mm, 30mm and 36mm round legs Fully adjustable QRS quick release system so arm can be removed from clamp Swivels into any position Removable accessory insert for rod rests

SB0109

3 PACK

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

QRS Accessory Insert

NEW

The QRS quick release accessory insert enables you to fit pole socks, butt rests, rod rests and other accessories with ease. Designed to be used in conjunction with the QRS outrigger arms, feeder arms and accessory bars. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fits QRS accessory bars, outrigger and feeder arms Ideal for all types of accessories QRS system so accessories to be attached or detached with ease Quality brass thread

MAP QRS Accessories

SB0016

3 PACK

QRS Keepnet Attachment

NEW

The QRS keepnet attachment has been designed to be used in conjunction with the QRS keepnet clamp or accessory bar clamp. Once fitted to nets or other accessories, they can be clipped into keepnet clamp or spray bar clamps. 〉〉 To be used in conjunction with the QRS keepnet clamp or accessory bar clamps 〉〉 Ideal for keepnet’s and other accessories 〉〉 QRS quick release system allows nets to be attached and detached with ease 〉〉 Quality brass thread SB0022

3 PACK

QRS Legs

NEW

To offer total versatility, choose from four types of seatbox leg to expand the potential of your MAP seatbox. Also compatible with our medium and large side trays via a QRS female clamp, all legs feature a threaded top for accessory attachment and an articulated mudfoot for improved stability. All extending versions have an internal lock to prevent inner legs from dropping out, and full extend to nearly double their length.

〉〉 Available in: Short non-extending 440mm Short extending 440-770mm Medium extending 620-1120mm Long extending 765-1415mm 01. SB0012

30MM

SHORT NON-EXT 440MM

EACH

02. SB0013

30MM

SHORT EXT 440-770MM

EACH

03. SB0014

30MM

MEDIUM EXT 620-1120MM

EACH

04. SB0015

30MM

LONG EXT 765-1415MM

EACH

05. SB0080

36MM

SHORT NON-EXT 440MM

EACH

06. SB0081

36MM

SHORT EXT 440-770MM

EACH

07. SB0082

36MM

MEDIUM EXT 620-1120MM

EACH

08. SB0083

36MM

LONG EXT 765-1415MM

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

QRS Small Side Tray

NEW

QRS Medium Side Tray

NEW

Small and lightweight side tray that will easily accommodate a number of bait tubs. Features drainage holes to stop the tray filling up in wet weather conditions.

The medium side tray allows four different fixing points for legs. This feature is great when space on the bank or platforms is limited. Once the legs have been located, the other two fixing points can be used to attach QRS accessories.

〉〉 Supplied with inserts that will fit 25, 30 or 36mm round legs〉〉 Ultra-tough aluminium 〉〉 Size 397mm x 317mm

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

SB0110 EACH

Supplied with inserts that will fit 25, 30 or 36mm round legs Supplied with two telescopic legs Four leg fixing points Leg fixing points can also accommodate QRS accessories Size 510mm x 435mm

MAP QRS Accessories

SB0111 EACH

QRS Large Side Tray

NEW

The large side tray allows six different fixing points for legs. This feature is great when space on the bank or platforms is limited. Once the legs have been located, the other four fixing points can be used to attach QRS accessories. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Supplied with inserts that will fit 25, 30 or 36mm round legs Supplied with two telescopic legs Four leg fixing points Leg fixing points can also accommodate QRS accessories Size 675mm x 515mm

SB0112 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP QRS Accessories

QRS Small Handle and Washer

QRS Clamp Insert 30mm

NEW

Replacement handle and washer supplied with all QRS accessories.

Replacement round inner insert for QRS accessory clamp.

SB0050 EACH

SB0051 EACH

QRS Clamp insert (25mm) Square

QRS Clamp Insert 25.5mm

Replacement insert that fits into the QRS clamp.

NEW

Replacement round inner insert for QRS accessory clamp.

SB0057 EACH

SB0052 EACH

QRS Top and Bottom Insert 25.5mm

QRS Top and Bottom Insert 30mm

Replacement insert that fits into the top or bottom of the QRS clamp. SB0053 EACH

NEW

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

NEW

Replacement insert that fits into the top or bottom of the QRS clamp.

NEW

SB0054 EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

QRS Top and Bottom Insert (36mm) Replacement insert that fits into the top or bottom of the QRS clamp.

NEW

SB0056 EACH

NEW

QRS Inner Clamp Base

NEW

Replacement 30mm QRS clamp for side trays.

Replacement Clamp base for QRS clamp that fits side trays and accessory bars.

SB0113 EACH

SB0114 EACH

QRS Main Clamp Replacement main QRS clamp. SB0115 EACH

NEW

QRS Spray Bar Clamp

MAP QRS Accessories

QRS 30mm Clamp

Replacement insert that fits into the top or bottom of the QRS clamp.

NEW

To be fitted to the QRS accessory bar. The clamp is supplied with a brass threaded insert that allows keepnet’s to be attached and detached with ease due to the quick release button. 〉〉 Fits QRS accessory bar so additional keepnet’s can be added. 〉〉 QRS quick release system allows nets to be attached and detached with ease 〉〉 Supplied with quality brass threaded keepnet attachment SB0116 EACH

SB0055 EACH

NEW

QRS Top and Bottom Insert (25mm)

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

x4 MAP Barrows

barrow

The X4 barrow features an innovative extending main frame that allows extra storage when transporting all your gear to your peg. This super strong 4 wheeled barrow, features a fully welded steel frame, double brace handle with a rear storage bag and protective box support arms. The X4 is also extremely compact once packed away and supplied with carry case with handles. 〉〉 Extending main frame 〉〉 Rear storage bag 〉〉 4 wheel design 〉〉 Compatible with most makes of seat boxes 〉〉 Supplied with carrycase

SB0065 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

The X2 barrow not only features an extending main frame that allows extra storage, but also features an optional wheel configuration allowing the barrow to be transformed into an all-terrain barrow. Supplied with double brace handle, rear storage bag and protective box support arms that holds seat boxes firmly in place. Also supplied with carry case with handles.

MAP Barrows

barrow

〉〉 Extending main frame 〉〉 Rear storage bag 〉〉 2 wheel design 〉〉 Optional wheel configuration 〉〉 Compatible with most makes of seat boxes 〉〉 Supplied with carrycase SB0060 EACH

Barrow Front Accessory Bag A clever front storage bag that fits directly onto the front of either the X2/X4 barrows. Ideal for extra storage of clothing, bait or EVA net bags, as ours fit perfectly! 〉〉 Fits X2/X4 barrows. 〉〉 Ideal when extra storage is required. 〉〉 MAP EVA stink bags fit perfectly.

SB0067 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Dual Pole Roller The Dual Pole Roller offers genuine innovation, and is the first flat roller that can used as single or double shipper. The roller features a clever detachable central upright roller, which can be moved into three different locations. So you can choose whether you want to use the roller as a single shipper, or double shipper, depending on venue you fish. Another first on is using a totally new material on the main roller. As many of us are aware, bait ‘bouncing’ out of a pole cup can be very annoying, and this is due the vibration caused by EVA foam not being perfectly round, so when you pole is rolled over it, it bounces. We have used a durable but ultra-soft extruded foam that is not only perfectly round, but also cushions the pole when shipping. Last but not least is the unique removable leg system that allows you lots of options on the desired height you require the pole roller.

MAP Pole Rollers

Dual Pole Roller 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Can be used as a single or double shipper Unique detachable central upright roller Unique removable leg system Unique soft and durable foam to prevent pole vibration when shipping Weight hook should you want to anchor the roller down in windy conditions Supplied with a standard set of legs and a set of short ‘stumpy’ legs Supplied in a deluxe padded bag Comes with a set of standard legs, plus 4 short legs that allows the roller to be used at ground level Supplied in a deluxe padded carry case

R2735 EACH

Removeable Central Roller

Durable Soft Foam

Detachable Legs

Dual Pole Roller Long Leg Set 〉〉 Legs extending from 90cm to 165cm

R2736 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Flat V Pole Roller 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Unique design keeps pole central when shipping Large leg footprint 3-way, extending legs Protective end caps Ultra-strong main body Spring-loaded side rollers with unique quick lock Lightweight

MAP Pole Rollers/Accessories

R2730 EACH

Registered Design from MAP

Dual Roller Central Detachable Roller

Dual Roller Legs Spare legs for the Dual Pole roller. Available in two sizes.

Designed to be used with the Dual Pole Roller, this central upright roller can be used as an extra roller when triple shipping is required. When fitted it will also fold down when packing the roller away. Large leg footprint 〉〉 Upright central roller off the Dual Pole Roller 〉〉 Can be used if triple shipping is required 〉〉 Detachable

〉〉 Spare legs for Dual roller 〉〉 Totally detachable 〉〉 All legs are telescopic 01 R3037 SHORT

EACH

02 R3038 MEDIUM EACH

R3039 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

3/4 Length Waterproof Jacket We believe the MAP 3/4 Length Waterproof Jacket is the best 3 layer jacket in the market. The fabric has an exceptionally waterproof membrane that delivers 20,000mm Hydrostatic Head rating. In addition the fabric has a DWR finish for added protection. The membrane combined with a nylon face and 2% spandex means that this jacket is extremely durable and comfortable when worn. It’s a solid and reliable jacket for spending an extended length of time in the outdoors. There are no surprises with the fit. The sizing is generous and designed to be worn with undergarments such as hoodies, so it can be worn comfortably as part of a layering system.

MAP Waterproof Clothing

A longer jacket length combines with a dropped, adjustable hem. The large hand pockets have water resistant zips to avoid unnecessary bulk. The hood can be cinched in and a stiffened peak means that the hood will keep its shape even in torrential rain. When not in use the hood can be folded away into the collar. The double cuff construction delivers a closer fit. A neoprene inner cuff under the adjustable fabric outer cuff ensures that the cuff remains watertight. At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 65% nylon / 33% polyurethane / 2% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 20,000mm hydrostatic head / 20,000g/m2 breathability 3 layer Fully seam sealed YKK centre front zip with protective storm flap Generously sized hand pockets with SBS water resistant zips Longer length Adjustable hood folds away into collar when not in use Double cuff construction for a closer fit Reflective piping along sleeve seam Dropped, adjustable hem

T4085

MEDIUM

EACH

T4086

LARGE

EACH

T4087

X-LARGE

EACH

T4088

XX-LARGE

EACH

Short Waterproof Jacket We’ve used the same fabric in the MAP Short Waterproof Jacket as the MAP 3/4 Length Waterproof Jacket. The fabric has an exceptionally waterproof membrane that delivers 20,000mm Hydrostatic Head rating. In addition the fabric has a DWR finish for added protection. The membrane combined with a nylon face and 2% spandex means that this jacket is extremely durable and comfortable when worn. It’s a solid and reliable jacket for spending an extended length of time in the outdoors. The sizing is generous and designed to be worn with undergarments such as hoodies, so it can be worn comfortably as part of a layering system. This is a shorter length jacket. It features an YKK Aquaguard centre front zip with protective storm flap behind the zip and two large hand pockets with water resistant zips to avoid unnecessary bulk. The hood can be cinched in and a stiffened peak means that the hood will keep its shape even in torrential rain. When not in use the hood can be folded away into the collar. The double cuff construction delivers a closer fit. A neoprene inner cuff under the adjustable fabric outer cuff ensures that the cuff remains watertight. At a glance

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 65% nylon / 33% polyurethane / 2% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 20,000mm hydrostatic head / 20,000g/m2 breathability 3 layer Fully seam sealed YKK centre front zip with protective storm flap Generously sized hand pockets with SBS water resistant zips Shorter length – ideal for pole fishing Adjustable hood folds away into collar when not in use Double cuff construction for a closer fit Reflective piping along sleeve seam Dropped, adjustable hem

T4115

MEDIUM

EACH

T4116

LARGE

EACH

T4117

X-LARGE

EACH

T4118

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Bib & Brace The MAP Bib and Brace is designed to keep you dry and comfortable. Made of the same waterproof 3 layer fabric as the 3/4 Length Waterproof Jacket, it’s designed to work in tandem with the waterproof jackets for the complete layering system that works. A storm flap offers additional protection to the YKK main zip while two large zipped pockets on the front stow essentials.The relaxed fit combined with the large leg gussets means that they’re easy to get on and off. They feature an elasticated adjustable waistband and ergonomic cut through the leg to maintain comfort. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 65% nylon / 33% polyurethane / 2% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 20,000mm hydrostatic head / 20,000g/m2 breathability 3 layer Fully seam sealed YKK front zip covered with a protective storm flap 2 generously sized zipped hand pockets Double layer knee and seat panels for durability Adjustable elasticated webbing straps Ergonomic cut through the leg for comfortable fit Generous gusset at hem with adjustable tabs for close fit

T4089

MEDIUM

EACH

T4090

LARGE

EACH

T4091

X-LARGE

EACH

T4092

XX-LARGE

EACH

MAP Waterproof Clothing

At a glance

Softshell Jacket We’ve taken care to make the MAP Softshell Jacket look as good as it performs. The robust nylon outer, membrane and fleece inner will keep the elements out. There are two zipped hand pockets. The hood is adjustable and can be zipped off when not in use. The hem is also adjustable. At a glance Shell: 97% polyester / 3% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 3,000mm hydrostatic head / 3,000g/m2 breathability YKK centre front zip with zip guard 3 zipped pockets, 2 hand pockets and one chest pocket Stretch cuff for close fit Adjustable & removeable hood Adjustable hem

T4081

MEDIUM

EACH

T4082

LARGE

EACH

T4083

X-LARGE

EACH

T4084

XX-LARGE

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Softshell Gilet The Gilet version of the Softshell Jacket uses the same fabric. The robust nylon outer, membrane and fleece inner will keep the elements out. There are three zipped pockets, two hand pockets and one chest pocket. The hood is adjustable and can be zipped off when not in use. The hem is also adjustable. At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 85% nylon / 15% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 3,000mm hydrostatic head / 3,000g/m2 breathability YKK centre front zip with zip guard 3 zipped pockets, 2 hand pockets and one chest pocket Stretch cuff for close fit Adjustable & removeable hood Adjustable hem MEDIUM

EACH

T4078

LARGE

EACH

T4079

X-LARGE

EACH

T4080

XX-LARGE

EACH

MAP Hoodies

T4077

Tech Hoody Using a performance fabric in a Hoody style this is a mid layer with a difference. It’s warmer than a traditional Hoody due to the bonded fleece. The DWR finish to the fabric will keep the elements out for longer. A zipped chest pocket will stow essentials and there are two hand warmer pockets. The hood is adjustable. At a glance

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

100% polyester Bonded fleece with DWR finish on the face, fleece on the back 300g/m2 One zipped chest pocket 2 hand warmer pockets Adjustable hood

T4069

MEDIUM

EACH

T4070

LARGE

EACH

T4071

X-LARGE

EACH

T4072

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Splash Hoody

Standard Hoody

The combination of cotton and polyester means that the fabric’s cotton handfeel is maintained with the benefit of reduced drying time.

At a glance

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Relaxed fit 60% cotton / 40% polyester Brushed back 330g/m2

MEDIUM

EACH

T4065

MEDIUM

EACH

T4110

LARGE

EACH

T4066

LARGE

EACH

T4111

X-LARGE

EACH

T4067

X-LARGE

EACH

T4112

XX-LARGE

EACH

T4068

XX-LARGE

EACH

MAP Hoodies

T4109

Joggers

MAP Hand Towel

The combination of cotton and polyester means that the fabric’s cotton handfeel is maintained with the benefit of reduced drying time.

MAP hand towel. High density cotton and soft and durable. Size 40cm x70cm.

At a glance

H0090 EACH

Relaxed fit 60% cotton / 40% polyester Brushed back 320g/m2

T4073

MEDIUM

EACH

T4074

LARGE

EACH

T4075

X-LARGE

EACH

T4076

XX-LARGE

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Graphic T-shirt

Polo Shirt

A soft cotton t-shirt with MAP branding.

A soft cotton polo shirt with MAP branding.

At a glance

〉〉 100% cotton 〉〉 180g/m2

〉〉 100% cotton 〉〉 180g/m2 MEDIUM BLACK

EACH

T4101

MEDIUM

EACH

T4098

LARGE BLACK

EACH

T4102

LARGE

EACH

T4099

X-LARGE BLACK

EACH

T4103

X-LARGE

EACH

T4100

XX-LARGE BLACK

EACH

T4104

XX-LARGE

EACH

T4105

MEDIUM BLUE

EACH

T4106

LARGE BLUE

EACH

T4107

X-LARGE BLUE

EACH

T4108

XX-LARGE BLUE

EACH

MAP T-shirst

T4097

Base Layer Top

Base Layer Trousers

A performance base layer with wicking for moisture management.

At a glance

〉〉 100% polyester eyelet with wicking 〉〉 140g/m2

T4200

MEDIUM

EACH

T4205

MEDIUM

EACH

T4201

LARGE

EACH

T4206

LARGE

EACH

T4203

X-LARGE

EACH

T4207

X-LARGE

EACH

T4204

XX-LARGE

EACH

T4208

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Cap

MAP Base Layers

T4250 EACH

MAP Parabolix Luggage

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Black Edition 8 Tube Holdall

Black Edition 6 Tube Holdall

〉〉 Quality 1680D material 〉〉 Unique Lay Flat design 〉〉 Will accommodate 8 tubes and 4 ready-made rods 〉〉 Rod sections are rigid to protect rods 〉〉 Will accommodate rods up 12ft (2pc) with ease 〉〉 Ultra tough reinforced base 〉〉 Quality neoprene carry strap a nd handles 〉〉 Oversized durable zips

〉〉 Quality 1680D material 〉〉 Unique Lay Flat design 〉〉 Will accommodate 6 tubes and 2 ready-made rods 〉〉 Rod sections are rigid to protect rods 〉〉 Will accommodate rods up 12ft (2pc) with ease 〉〉 Ultra tough reinforced base 〉〉 Quality neoprene carry strap a nd handles 〉〉 Oversized durable zips

H0920 EACH H0921 EACH

Black Edition Lay Flat Carryall

Black Edition Lay Flat XL Carry Case

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quality 1680D material. Unique Lay Flat design Three fold out storage compartments Magnetic bottom lid for easy access Ultra tough reinforced base Quality neoprene carry strap and handles Detachable carry strap Oversized durable zips

Quality 1680D material Designed for pole rollers, roosts and long box legs Will accommodate pole rollers up to 700mm in length Ultra tough reinforced Base Quality neoprene carry strap Oversized durable zip

H0923 EACH

H0922 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quality 1680D material Twin tier design for extra storage Both sections are foil lined to keep bait cool Ultra tough reinforced base Quality neoprene carry strap Detachable strap Oversized durable zips

H0924 EACH

Black Edition Accessory Bags 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quality 1680D material Ideal for storage of pole pots or other smaller items Clear lid for easy product identification Side air vent panels to prevent the build-up of mould, and allows items to dry quickly 〉〉 Oversized durable zip 01. H0926 SMALL

EACH

02. HO927 LARGE

EACH

Black Edition Reel Case

Black Edition Catapult Bag

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉 Quality 1680D material 〉〉 Ideal for storage of catapults and spare elastics 〉〉 Side air vent panels to prevent the build-up of mould, and allows items to dry quickly 〉〉 Oversized durable zip

Quality 1680D material Will accommodate two size 40 reels Clear lid for easy product identification Side air vent panels to prevent the build-up of mould, and allows items to dry quickly 〉〉 Oversized durable zip

MAP Parabolix Luggage

Black Edition Bait Bag

H0928 EACH

H0925 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Dual 8 Tube / 4 Ready Rod Holdall Designed to accommodate 8 tubes and 4 made up rods. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Can be zipped apart and be used as a 8 tube holdall or 4 ready-rod holdall 8 tube holdall has full zip for easy access 4 ready-rod also has full zip with a rigid outer and padded central dividers to protect rods It will also accommodate 12ft 2-piece float or feeder rods with ease 8 tube holdall size: 1900mm x 280mm x 180mm 4 ready-rod size: 1900mm x 280mm x 180mm Manufactured from a tough and durable material Detachable strap, which can be used on either holdall Carry handle Reinforced bases on both holdalls

MAP Dual Luggage

H8091 EACH

Dual 6 Tube / 3 Ready Rod Holdall Designed to accommodate 6 tubes and 3 made up rods. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Can be zipped apart and be used as a 6 tube holdall or 3 ready-rod holdall 6 tube holdall has full zip for easy access 3 ready-rod also has full zip with a rigid outer and padded central dividers to protect rods It will also accommodate 12ft 2-piece float or feeder rods with ease 6 tube holdall size: 1900mm x 200mm x 160mm 3 ready-rod size: 1900mm x 200mm x 160mm Manufactured from a tough and durable material Detachable strap, which can be used on either holdall Carry handle Reinforced bases on both holdalls

H0890 EACH

Dual Rigid Double Rod Sleeves Designed for transporting 2 x ready-made rods. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Rigid material to protect both reels and rods •Will accommodate two-piece 12ft rods with ease Hard plastic protective base Heavy duty zips Internal padded sleeve to protect rods Padded carry handle Fully adjustable padded strap

H0900 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Dual Carryall

Dual Bait & Cool Bag

Two-tier carryall.

Two-tier bag designed to transport bait.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉 The top tier has been designed for bait boxes and be up straight on to a side tray 〉〉 It also has a clear lid for easy identification 〉〉 Top tier size: 330mm x 330mm x 100mm 〉〉 Bottom tier is deeper and designed for bigger items like large bags of meat and corn 〉〉 Both tiers are foil-lined to keep bait cool 〉〉 Bottom tier size: 330mm x 330mm x 200mm 〉〉 Manufactured from a tough and durable material 〉〉 Carry handle and detachable padded carry strap 〉〉 Wipe-clean bases on both tiers 〉〉 Dimensions: 330mm d x 300mm h x 330mm w

Keepnet pocket designed for keepnets or side trays Top tier size: 600mm x 250mm x 225mm Bottom tier size: 600mm x 250mm x 225mm Manufactured from a tough and durable material Carry handle and detachable padded carry strap Wipe-clean bases on both tiers Dimensions 610mm d x 450mm h x 180mm w

H0892 EACH

MAP Dual Luggage

H0895 EACH

Dual Bait & Tackle Bag

Dual Twin Tier Accessory Bag

Two-tier bag designed to transport tackle and bait.

Two-tier Lay flat design ensuring zips are protected.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

The top tier is designed to transport bait and is foil-lined to keep bait cool. It incorporates a clear lid for easy identification Top tier size: 320mm x 500mm x 120mm Bottom tier is designed to transport items like reels, feeders etc. Bottom tier size: 320mm x 500mm x 200mm Manufactured from a tough and durable material Carry handle and detachable, padded carry strap Wipe-clean bases on both tiers Dimensions: 500mm d x 320mm h x 320mm w

Designed to transport tackle and accessories Ideal or transporting large pole rollers to up 700mm in length Top tier size: 200mm x 200mm x 720mm Bottom tier size: 200mm x 200mm x 720mm Manufactured from a tough and durable material Carry handle and detachable, padded carry strap Wipe-clean bases on both tiers Dimensions: 200mm d x 400mm h x 720mm w

H0893 EACH

H0894 EACH

MAP Dual Luggage

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Dual Accessory Bags

Reel Case

Clear lid for easy tackle identification.

Ideal for storing reels and spare spools.

〉〉 Perfect for organising and storing pole pots, catapults etc 〉〉 Designed to fit in to Dual tackle and accessory bags 〉〉 High quality, durable material 〉〉 Available in 2 sizes 〉〉 Small dimensions: 220mm d x 160mm h x 220mm w 〉〉 Large dimensions: 250mm d x 160mm h x 320mm w

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

01. H0896 SMALL

EACH

02. HO897 LARGE

EACH

Perfect for reels Clear lid High quality, durable material Dimensions: 250mm d x 160mm h x 220mm w

HO896 EACH

MAP Dual Luggage

Dual Feeder Bag Clear lid for easy tackle identification. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Perfect for organising feeders and leads Supplied with clear accessory box for small items like swivels, beads etc Also supplied with 3 x EVA hook length storage discs Dimensions: 300mm d x 90mm h x 200mm w

H0899 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Seal System EVA luggage A range of EVA luggage that’s waterproof and designed to keep your bait and other tackle items protected and easy to transport. Each item is perfectly sized and is ideal for bait and tackle storage. Manufactured in a stylish carbon look with a neat blue trim.

S5000 Seal System Bait system

NEW

Designed to fit onto most side trays, and ideal for keeping bait protected even in the most adverse weather conditions.

MAP EVA Luggage

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed to transport bait and keep it protected Includes 5 inner bait tubs Zipped tinted lid with carry handle Ideal for pellets and storage of other tackle items Dimensions 312mm x 80mm x 370mm

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Designed to store various accessories Will accommodate three long MAP hook length boxes Zipped tinted lid Ideal for storage of float tubes or any other long accessories Dimensions 380mm x 150mm x 170mm

H0163 EACH

S3000 Seal System 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Designed to store catapults Zipped tinted lid for total protection Easy clean EVA Near blue trim Dimensions 260mm x 210mm x 100mm

H0161 EACH

H0164 EACH

S4000 Seal System

S2000 Seal System – Catapult Case

S1000 Seal System 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Designed to store smaller accessories like feeders and pole cups Zipped tinted lid Easy clean EVA. Neat blue trim Dimensions 230mm x 150mm x 100mm

H0160 EACH

NEW

Designed to store various accessories Will accommodate three Dual hook length boxes Zipped tinted lid Ideal for storage of pole cups, feeders or any other small accessories Dimensions 240mm x 150mm x 150mm

H0162 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Bucket, Bowl and Riddle Set 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

25L Capacity bucket with lid Includes internal ground bait bowl Also includes ground bait riddle MAP branded Ideal for mixing ground bait

MAP EVA Luggage

H0150 EACH

EVA Stink Net Bag 〉〉 Fully waterproof. 〉〉 Two screw capped side drainage holes 〉〉 Carry strap and handles Available: 〉〉 Single version with take a keepnet and landing net 〉〉 XL version will accommodate up to three keepnets SINGLE

02 Q6045 XL

EACH EACH

01 Q0644

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Landing Nets

F1 Match Landing Net

NEW

Shake Dry Landing Net Features large 6mm quick dry mesh around the main body of the net, so it can be moved through the water quickly. The base of the new features 2mm mesh that helps prevent hooks getting caught up in the mesh, but at the same time offers total fish protection. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6mm outer mesh 2mm base mesh Super strong alloy protective frame Fish safe

Q1950

SHAKE DRY LANDING NET 14’’

3 PACK

Q1951

SHAKE DRY LANDING NET 16’’

3 PACK

Q1952

SHAKE DRY LANDING NET 18’’

3 PACK

Scoop Landing Net

Designed for f1’s and small carp, this landing net features a ultra-fine 2mm mesh. Both sizes feature a small alloy frame, but mains deep enough top land bigger carp due to the net being given extra depth. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2mm ultra fine mesh Mesh coated with soft rubber Super strong alloy protective frame Ideal for f1’s and small carp Fish safe

Q1957

F1 MATCH LANDING NET 12’’

3 PACK

Q1958

F1 MATCH LANDING NET 14’’

3 PACK

Silver Match Landing Net

NEW

Features a 6mm soft rubber mesh that moves through the water quickly, making it an ideal net when you need to land large carp quickly. The rubber coating makes the net extremely durable, and prevents the hook getting caught up in the mesh. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6mm mesh Mesh coated with soft rubber Super strong alloy protective frame Fish safe

NEW

Designed for silver fish and small carp, this landing net features a ultra-fine 2mm mesh. Both sizes feature a small alloy frame, but mains deep enough top land bigger bonus fish due to the net being given extra depth. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2mm ultra fine mesh Mesh coated with soft rubber Super strong alloy protective frame Ideal for silvers and small carp Fish safe

Q1953

SCOOP LANDING NET 14’’

3 PACK

Q1959

SILVER MATCH 14’’

3 PACK

Q1954

SCOOP LANDING NET 16’’

3 PACK

Q1960

SILVER MATCH 16’’

3 PACK

Hair Rigger Landing Net

NEW

Designed to be used when fishing with hair rigs. This landing net features a fine 2mm mesh that’s rubber coated, preventing hooks getting caught in the mesh when hair rigging. The rubber coating is extremely durable.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2mm mesh Mesh coated with soft rubber Super strong alloy protective frame Ideal for hair rigging Fish safe

Q1955

HAIR RIGGER LANDING NET 16’’

3 PACK

Q1956

HAIR RIGGER LANDING NET 18’’

3 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Dual 3.0m Landing Net Handle

Parabolix Black Edition 4M Landing Net Handle

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Manufactured using the same mandrel and materials as the original Parabolix handle. This handle is incredibly strong, and ideal for any type of fishing from natural venues to commercial’s. 3-section, 4m handle that incorporates a double thread, so can be used at either 2.8 or 4m lengths.

ltra rigid 2 piece handle U Incredibly strong Ideal for commercial’s Nickel coated brass thread

Q0630 EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

3-section 4m landing net handle Ultra-strong high modulus carbon Incorporates a double brass thread Supplied in padded bag Can be used at either 2.8 or 4m lengths

Q0616 EACH

Commercial Carp Keepnet 3m

Commercial Silver Keepnet 3m

Big weights are a common occurrence on commercial fisheries especially during the warmer months. The new 3.0m Commercial Carp Keepnet has been designed to withstand these big weights. This ultra-strong net offers the following features:

This net has been designed as a ‘silver’ fish net but offers all the benefits of the commercial carp keepnet should you require a second ‘carp’ net. This ultrastrong net offers the following features:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Angling Foundation approved 〉 Ultra-strong anodised aluminium rings Multi-tilt angle fitting Attractive MAP livery Bottom 4 rings are external, offering protection to the corners of the net from wear and tear

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Angling Foundation approved 〉 Ultra-strong anodised aluminium rings Multi-tilt angle fitting 〉 Attractive MAP livery Bottom 4 rings are external, offering protection to the corners of the net from wear and tear

Q0611 EACH

Q0610 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Slider Keepnets MAP is renowned for developing market leading and innovative products. Our new range of Slider keepnets will transform how anglers use keepnets on commercials and natural venues. Anglers are now catching more and more fish on commercial fisheries, with many having limits on the amount of fish you put in keepnets. It’s not unusual using up to 6 nets on certain venues, and this creates a problem on how you locate them. What’s the difference between Slider keepnets and other nets on the market. Well, unlike any other keepnet on the market where the tilt fitting is fixed, the Slider fitting and be either slid along the top ring, or moved. So, the keepnet can be used as a traditional keepnet, or the slider fitting can be moved to transform the net into a compact net, when you need to fit more nets onto a keepnet bar. This unique innovation gives the angler a number of options on how to use the a keepnet, depending on the venue they are fishing or weights they are expecting to catch.

MAP Landing Nets

2.5M COMPACT SLIDER

NEW

Ideal for small carp or F1’s. This unique keepnet can be used as a traditional keepnet, or a compact net where big weights of small carp or f1’s are expected, thanks to the sliding tilt fitting. This 2.5m keepnet features reinforced pull through bottom rings, with a complete black carp mesh throughout. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Unique sliding tilt fitting Can be used as a compact or traditional keepnet Black carp mesh Length 2.5m Reinforced bottom rings Pull through bottom rings Easy storage in stink bags Top ring size 50cm x 40cm

Q0600 EACH

3.0M COMMERICAL SLIDER

NEW

Unique sliding tilt fitting Can be used as a compact or traditional keepnet Blue carp mesh Length 3.0m Reinforced bottom rings Pull through bottom rings Top ring size 50cm x 40cm

Q0601 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

2.5M SILVER SLIDER

NEW

Ideal for any commercial fishery, when an extra net is required for silver fish. This unique keepnet can be used as a traditional keepnet, thanks to the sliding tilt fitting. This 3.0m keepnet features reinforced pull through bottom rings, with a complete Silver mesh throughout. Unique sliding tilt fitting Can be used as a compact or traditional keepnet Grey carp mesh Length 2.5m Reinforced bottom rings Pull through bottom rings Top ring size 50cm x 40cm

MAP Landing Net Poles & Keepnets

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Q0603 EACH

The sliding fitting can be removed and relocated anywhere along the top ring of the landing net, transforming it from a standard keepnet into a compact keepnet.

The slider fitting can also be slid and moved along the top ring, creating extra room when more keepnets need to be added.

* PAT PENDING Slider Keepnet Clamp

NEW

〉〉 Replacement clamp for slider keepnets

Q0604 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

MAP Dual Hook Length Box Unique Adjustable Sliding Pins 〉〉 Each pin has a screw thread so it can be adjusted to suit your hook length requirements. These adjustable pins enable you to store hook lengths up to 6 inches in length, making it perfect for pole and method feeder hook lengths.

MAP Hook Length Storage

Built-in Magnetic Hook Tray 〉〉 Directly under the hook length storage tray is a magnetic hook tray designed to keep loose hooks organized and dry. There is also a large area within the tray for storage of items like loop tyers, scissors etc. (Not included) Water-Resistant 〉〉 The box has a water-resistant seal around it to ensure it keeps water and moisture out of the box, protecting the hooks within it. Clear, UV-Protective Lid 〉〉 The clear lid facilitates identification and choice of the correct hook lengths. The lid is also UV-protective, which provides protection of your hook lengths from the sun. Printed Measure Sliders 〉〉 Each slider has a measure guide printed on it. This ensures that each hook length can be tied accurately. R9090

3 PACK

Another unique Registered Design from MAP

MAP Long Hook Length Box

NEW

Re-designed for 2017 is competition hook length storage system that now features solid pins instead of the original slotted foam. It’s not only perfect for shorter pole hook lengths, but it’s also ideal for longer hook lengths for feeder / bomb fishing. The box also features soft rubber 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Two compartments for maximum hook length storage Clear UV resistant lids to protect hook lengths Will store hook lengths ranging from two inches up to three feet in length Can retain up to 80 different sizes of hook/hook length strengths Can accommodate up to 1200 hook lengths Unique in-built measuring tool to ensure all your hook lengths are the same length 〉〉 Slotted foam to hold your hook lengths in place and ensure they are not damaged 〉〉 White inner plate that is ball point/marker pen friendly 〉〉 Enlarged base ends which are perfectly suited to hair rigs and ready tied pellet bands

R1010 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

MAP Meat Cutter Unique design that enables meat to be cut in seconds.

R9056

4MM

3 PACK

R9051

6MM

3 PACK

R9052

8MM

3 PACK

MAP Spare Blades Available from 4mm to 10mm. R9057

4MM

R9048

5MM

3 PACK 3 PACK

R9053

6MM

3 PACK

R9049

7MM

3 PACK

R9054

8MM

3 PACK

R9055

10MM

3 PACK

MAP Meat Cutter

〉〉 Interchangeable, stainless steel cutting blades 〉〉 Unique interchangeable pre-formed plunger heads to suit blade size 〉〉 Removable bait collection tray 〉〉 Made from supe-strong ABS plastic 〉〉 Supplied with: 〉〉 One set of cutting blades 〉〉 End cap 〉〉 Collection tray 〉〉 Full user instructions

Another unique Registered Design from MAP

MAP Meat Cutter Case Designed to store meat cutter and spare blades 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Rigid case with moulded inner Mesh pockets for storage of extra blades sets Zip top access Dimensions: 110mm d x 204mm h x 326mm w

H9020 EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

OPTIMUM SUPER ABRASION RESISTANT REEL LINE

Optimum sets a new benchmark for abrasion resistance, breaking strain and sensitivity due to its revolutionary blend of high grade CoPolyamides and Micro-Extrusion technology. This robust reel line has a super smooth surface coating which doesn’t ‘grind’ in the rod guides during warm weather and also breaks the surface tension - aiding sinking the line when fishing at distance. Optimum is the ideal reel line no matter what method or venue you fish.

MAP Reel Line

〉〉 Provided on 300-metre spools R3060

4LB

5 PACK

R3061

5LB

5 PACK

R3062

6LB

5 PACK

R3063

8LB

5 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

POWER

OPTEX

HIGH CO-POLYAMIDE MONOFILAMENT RIG LINE

Accurate diameters and breaking strains Superb suppleness for natural rig and hook length characteristics Clear colour to suit all water conditions High knot strength, tested by MAP’s panel of consultants Available in eight diameters 0.08mm/0.10mm/0.12mm/ 0.13mm/0.15mm/0.16mm 0.18mm/0.20mm Provided on 100-metre spools

R2750

0.08MM

R2751

0.10MM

5 PACK 5 PACK

R2752

0.12MM

5 PACK

R2753

0.13MM

5 PACK

R2754

0.15MM

5 PACK

R2755

0.16MM

5 PACK

R2756

0.18MM

5 PACK

R2757

0.20MM

5 PACK

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

MAP Rig Line

Power Optex rig line has been developed over a number of years using the forefront of monofilament manufacturing capabilities. Combining ultra-low accurate diameters with incredible strength and suppleness, this line has been developed to withstand prolonged UV exposure, meaning enhanced durability and longevity. All these properties make Power Optex the ideal pole rig and hook length material for the modern angler.

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Quick Change System The quick change system allows you to change the size of feeder, weight of feeder or even the style of feeder without the need to break the rig down, thanks to the unique quick change design. The feeder can be slid on and off the tube that’s supplied with it, giving you endless options on how you approach your peg. These new feeders snd leads are all ‘inline’, which enables you to keep your hook bait close to your feed and the range consists of Pellet Feeders, Cage Feeders and Open-ended Feeders and in-line leads which are available in various weights and sizes.

MAP Quick Change System

Quick Change System Cage Feeder 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed for fishing with meat, pellets or ground baits Flat lead design makes them ideal for fishing against Islands Designed to be used with a size 11 swivel Inline design allows short hook lengths to be used, placing your hook bait near your feed 〉〉 2 per pack

Quick Change System Cage Feeder Blister

Quick Change System Cage Feeder Loose Box

R3075

SMALL 15G

10 PACK

R2700

SMALL 15G

20 PACK

R3076

MEDIUM 20G

10 PACK

R2701

MEDIUM 20G

20 PACK

R3077

MEDIUM 30G

10 PACK

R2702

MEDIUM 30G

20 PACK

R3078

LARGE 20G

10 PACK

R2703

LARGE 20G

20 PACK

R3078

LARGE 30G

10 PACK

R2704

LARGE 30G

20 PACK

Quick Change System Pellet Feeder 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed for fishing with damp pellets Flat lead design makes them ideal for fishing against Islands Designed to be used with a size 11 swivel Inline design allows short hook lengths to be used, placing your hook bait near your feed 〉〉 2 per pack

Quick Change System Pellet Feeder Blister R3065

SMALL 15G

10 PACK

R3066

MEDIUM 20G

10 PACK

R3067

MEDIUM 30G

10 PACK

R3068

LARGE 20G

10 PACK

R2710

SMALL 15G

20 PACK

R3069

LARGE 30G

10 PACK

R2711

MEDIUM 20G

20 PACK

R2712

MEDIUM 30G

20 PACK

R2713

LARGE 20G

20 PACK

R2714

LARGE 30G

20 PACK

Quick Change System Pellet Feeder Loose Box

Quick Change System Open End Feeder Designed for fishing with all types of ground baits. Flat lead design makes them ideal for fishing against Islands Designed to be used with a size 11 swivel Inline design allows short hook lengths to be used, placing your hook bait near your feed 〉〉 2 per pack

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quick Change System Open End Feeder Blister

Quick Change System Open End Feeder Loose Box

R3070

SMALL 15G

10 PACK

R2710

SMALL 15G

20 PACK

R3071

MEDIUM 20G

10 PACK

R2711

MEDIUM 20G

20 PACK

R3072

MEDIUM 30G

10 PACK

R2712

MEDIUM 30G

20 PACK

R3073

LARGE 20G

10 PACK

R2713

LARGE 20G

20 PACK

R3074

LARGE 30G

10 PACK

R2714

LARGE 30G

20 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Quick Change System Frameless Method Feeder

R2705

SMALL 20G

EACH

R2706

LARGE 30G

EACH

MAP Quick Change System

A new addition to the interchangeable feeder range is the Frameless Method feeder. This hybrid feeder is unlike a conventional method feeder that has bars to retain the bait inside the feeder. The Frameless Method feeder offers an open area within the feeder for hook baits, so there is no longer a worry that your hook length getting caught up in the bars. The unique central stem means there is no more tackling down to change feeders, and any feeder from the existing range will also it the central stem.

Quick Change System Frameless Method Feeder Mould 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Moulded in a ultra durable elastomer Soft & flexible to prevent your bait from sticking Push release area to help remove your feeder Large grip area to help compress bait Maximum fill line to ensure correct amount of bait is being used

R2707

SMALL

EACH

R2708 LARGE EACH

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

TKS Twin Core Hollow Elastics High performance twin core elastic

MAP Pole Accessories

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Twin Core Hollow System Retracts faster than standard, solid elastics Extremely durable Incredible stretch ratio Super-smooth Available in 7 sizes to cover all situations 3 metres per packet

R9129

3-6 ORANGE

5 PACK

R9130

5-8 YELLOW

5 PACK

R9131

6-8 PINK

5 PACK

R9132

6-10 WHITE

5 PACK

R9133

10-14 GREEN

5 PACK

R9134

12-16 BLACK

5 PACK

R9135

14-18 BLUE

5 PACK

R9136

16-20 PURPLE

5 PACK

NEW

Puller Bung

PTFE Side Puller

Fits TKS top kits without cutting.

The MAP PTFE Side Puller Bush is the new benchmark for ultra-smooth, reliable side puller operation.

〉〉 Fits all TKS top kits without cutting back 〉〉 Will also fit most competitor’s poles without cutting back 〉〉 Super wide bore for hollow elastics 〉〉 Pure PTFE runner bush 〉〉 Supplied with 2 sizes of rubber stopper beads R0010

5 PACK

The unique curved design centralises your elastic so you can say goodbye to elastic sticking on the internal walls of your top kit. Plus, without the need for additional bungs, wheels or the need to create a slot, converting your top kits to side pullers has never been easier. 2 per pack. Designed Registered. Requires a 7mm hole to fit. R3050

5 PACK

PTFE Side Puller Beads Two sizes and rubber beads designed to use when fishing with a side puller. Manufactured in a soft, and ultra-durable rubber with a recess hole for your elastic knots. 〉〉 Designed to use in conjunction with side pullers or puller bungs 〉〉 Ultra durable rubber 〉〉 Will fit elastics from size 4 to 12 〉〉 A diamond eye elastic threader is recommended to pull elastic through the bead R0011

SMALL X5

10 PACK

R0012

LARGE X5

10 PACK

Groundbait Pole Cup Set The new MAP Groundbait Pole Cups have been moulded in an ABS plastic with increased wall thickness for maximum durability, with the addition of a high quality brass thread on each cup meaning you will not suffer from cup twist or rusting. They have been designed to fit the MAP TKS cupping kits perfectly without the need of any cutting back. Each set comprises of two sizes of cup and a single brass thread. 〉〉 Moulded in Poly-carbonate with increased wall thickness for maximum durability 〉〉 Brass threads used on both cups and fixing to prevent threads from rusting 〉〉 Fits MAP TKS cuppping kits without cutting back (from 01 series onward)

R0094

5 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Flexi Pots Ultra-durable, soft rubber pole pots Ultra durable soft rubber pole pots Soft rubber grips pole to prevent damage Central design allows balanced weight distribution Interchangeable lids Only pole pot on the market that has a central fitting that can be removed without breaking your rig down. 〉〉 Fits on diameters 4.8mm – 7.4mm 〉〉 Fits 01 series TKS top kits perfectly R0060

SMALL

5 PACK

R0061

MEDIUM

5 PACK

R0062

LARGE

5 PACK

Lasso TOOL

Silicone Tube

〉〉 Designed to quickly re-open your lasso loop 〉〉 Spring loaded design for quick and efficient use 〉〉 Ultra-fine prongs enables the lasso to be opened even with the smallest of loops 〉〉 Opens loops from 2mm to 10mm

Super soft, but ultra-durable silicone available in five different sizes.

R0070

5 PACK

〉〉 Supplied in 1m lengths 〉〉 Available from 0.4mm to 1.0mm R3052

0.4MM

10 PACK

R3053

0.5MM

10 PACK

R3054

0.6MM

10 PACK

R3055

0.8MM

10 PACK

R3056

1.0MM

10 PACK

MAP Accessories

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Pole Anchors 〉〉 D esigned to ensure your pole rig remians attached to your winder M6035

10 PACK

Neoprene Rod Wraps Pair 〉〉 Designed for a tighter hold around rods 〉〉 Manufactured from a double woven nylon and Velcro fastening system 〉〉 Supplied in packs of two

Pole Sock

R0090 PAIR

〉〉 Holds pole in place when shipped back 〉〉 Padded material around the outer to protect pole 〉〉 Quality screw thread 5 PACK

Q0551

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Ultra-tough Foam Bodied Pole Floats Our new pole float range is made from Ultra-tough foam is perfect for commercial fishing pole floats where total strength is essential… Although balsa has long been the material of choice for manufacturing pole float bodies, here at MAP we’ve realised that in these days or targeting big, big fish and catching huge weights, strength is crucial to many anglers when choosing a pole float for tackling commercial fisheries. We’ve launched our range of foam-bodied pole floats to cater for these anglers to give them floats that will perform under the hardest conditions.

MAP Pole Flaots

Floats come in packs of 5 and tip colours will vary from each pack, containing both orange and yellow-tipped floats.

MARGIN MF1

SHALLOW SF2

The MF1 is designed for fishing smaller baits such as maggots, and thanks to a wire stem and compact body design, is perfect for when spotting less positive bites.

The SF2 is a diamond-shaped, hollow-tipped float that is perfect for ‘slapping’; when you need a float that cocks quickly this is it, and the thick tip enables you to spot quick bites.

MARGIN MF2

SHALLOW SF3

The diamond-shaped MF2 is best combined with big baits like meat and corn and has a through-body glass stem and spring eye, making this a brilliant all-rounder.

The dumpy SF3 is perfect for supporting large baits up in the water, thanks to its large, high-bouyancy body.

MARGIN MF3

ISLAND ISF1

The MF3 is a slim, sensitive pattern that is ideal for all larger baits but benefits for having a reversed’ side eye that is virtually impossible to pull out.

The ISF1 is a true all-rounder that sports a thin body that create very little resistance meaning it’s perfect for when you need total sensitivity, particularly when fishing baits like maggots and pellets through the colder months.

SHALLOW SF1

ISLAND ISF2

The SF1 is a traditional canalstyle dibber that features a thick, rounded tip that makes it perfect for fishing tight to cover and will also be useful for a variety of shallow fishing applications.

The ISF2 is a traditional rugby ball-shaped pattern that can be used for fishing most baits, but also suspending hook baits off the deck when you want to fish shallow up to an island.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

ISLAND ISF3 The ISF3 sports a body-down design that is best used when there’s a tow on the water and you need to maintain stability yet have sensitivity to spot shy bites.

Margin M0990

MF1 4X10

5 PACK

M0991

MF1 4X12

5 PACK

M0992

MF1 4X14

5 PACK

M0995

MF2 4X10

5 PACK

M0996

MF2 4X12

5 PACK

M0997

MF2 4X14

5 PACK

M1000

MF3 4X10

5 PACK

M1001

M3 4X12

5 PACK

M1002

MF3 4X14

5 PACK

M1035

SF1 4X8

5 PACK

M1036

SF1 4X10

5 PACK

M1037

SF1 4X12

5 PACK

M1040

SF2 4X8

5 PACK

M1041

SF2 4X10

5 PACK

M1042

SF2 4X12

5 PACK

M1045

SF3 4X8

5 PACK

M1046

SF3 4X10

5 PACK

M1047

SF34X12

5 PACK

M1019

ISF1 4X8

5 PACK

DECK DF2

M1020

ISF1 4X10

5 PACK

M1021

ISF1 4X12

5 PACK

The DF2 has a fat body and a short tip; designed for fishing big baits like meat and corn this is a stable float that’s perfect for all-round commercial use.

M1022

ISF1 4X14

5 PACK

M1024

ISF2 4X8

5 PACK

M1025

ISF2 4X10

5 PACK

M1026

ISF2 4X12

5 PACK

M1027

ISF2 4X14

5 PACK

M1029

ISF3 4X8

5 PACK

M1030

ISF3 4X10

5 PACK

M1031

ISF3 4X12

5 PACK

M1032

ISF3 4X14

5 PACK

MAP Pole Floats

www.mapfishing.co.uk

Shallow DECK DF1 The DF1 is a paste float that has an elongated rugby ball-shaped body that offers great stability thanks to a long stem and hollow tip, but is very sensitive and strong.

Island

DECK DF3

M1005

DF1 4X12

5 PACK

The DF3 is a traditional, bodydown, almost teardrop-shaped float that is fitted with a thin tip and a most crucially, wire stem that makes it stable and ultrasensitive, ideal for fishing a variety of baits in windy conditions.

M1006

DF1 4X14

5 PACK

M1007

DF1 4X16

5 PACK

M1010

DF2 4X12

5 PACK

M1011

DF2 4X14

5 PACK

M1012

DF2 4 X16

5 PACK

M1013

DF2 4X18

5 PACK

M1015

DF3 4X12

5 PACK

M1016

DF3 4X14

5 PACK

M1017

DF3 4X16

5 PACK

M1018

DF3 4X18

5 PACK

Deck

facebook.com/MAPfishing youtube.com/TheMAPChannel twitter.com/MAPfishing instagram.com/mapfishing

Pole Floats This range of pole floats bridges the gap between hand-made quality but available commercially. Working closely with MAP consultant and Barnsley Blacks member, James Dent, and MAP consultant, Andy May, we have developed 17 new patterns to cover all aspects of commercial fishing. Anglers are often confused when they see pole floats in shops. With so many body shapes, bristle thicknesses and stem types, they are often not 100% sure they are purchasing the right float for the job they require it to do. Unlike other pole floats on the market, we have given each pattern unique body colour and code so the angler knows what the float has been designed for.

MAP Pole Flaots

Packed in 5’s

SHALLOW S1

SUMMER DECK SD3

The S1 is a pattern used for fishing shallow with baits like casters. With its slightly tapered body, and domed bristle makes it ideal for this type of fishing.

The SD3 is a more traditional pattern. Instead of using hivis hollow tips, this features 1.55m cane tip. This offers better sensitivity, when fishing for small carp, especially in the spring or autumn.

SHALLOW S2

SUMMER DECK SD4

The S2 is an in-line pattern used for fishing shallow when big weights are expected. With its slightly tapered body, and domed bristle makes it ideal for this type of fishing.

The SD4 is ideal if youre fishing deeper venues when satiability is key for presentation. Its semi rugby ball body shape, along with a 1.00mm glass stem makes this pattern ultra-stable. Its perfect for any bait and is a pattern that can be used all year round.

SHALLOW S3

SUMMER DECK SD5

The S3 is an in-line pattern used for fishing shallow when big weights are expected. With its slightly tapered body, and domed bristle makes it ideal for this type of fishing.

The MF1 is designed for fishing smaller baits such as maggots, and thanks to a wire stem and compact body design, is perfect for when spotting less positive bites.

SUMMER DECK SD1

ISLAND IS1

The SD1 is an awesome little float design to fish all types of bait. Its rugby ball shaped body give ensure its stable, and its hi-vis bristle makes reading bites easy. A big favourite with anglers fishing with pellet.

The IS1 is part of a range of float patterns designed to fish in shallow water or against islands. This pattern is possibly our bestselling float, as its so versatile. It can be used with any type of bait, or a wide range of species.

SUMMER DECK SD2

ISLAND IS2

The SD2 is an awesome little float design to fish all types of bait. Its rugby ball shaped body give ensure its stable, and its hi-vis bristle makes reading bites easy. A big favourite with anglers who perfer to fish with meat and corn.

The IS2 is part of a range of float patterns designed to fish in shallow water or against islands. This pattern is ideal for bigger baits, or when you need to fish over depth. It also doubles up as a good float for fishing shallow for carp in open water.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.mapfishing.co.uk ISLAND IS3

The P1 Paste float has accounted for some huge weights of carp during testing. Its the ideal float for when there is a slight ripple on the lake, as the rounded rugby balled shaped body gives it that extra bit of stability.

PASTE P2 The Just like the paste 1 floats, the P2 has accounted for some huge weights of carp during testing. Its the ideal float for when the lake is flat clam as the slimmer body enables to hit those lighting fast bites quicker.

WINTER DECK WD1 This is an awesome pattern for fishing bigger baits in the winter. Corn or large pellets, is perfectly suited for this type of float, but it also doubles up as a good maggot float in windy conditions.

WINTER DECK WD2 The WD2 is the perfect pellet fishing float. Its ultra slim design, along with its short bristle makes those shy F1 bites easy to read. Can be fished with a strung bulk half way down the rig, or a bulk directly above the hook length.

WINTER DECK WD3 The WD3 is the perfect for fishing maggots in spring or autumn. The body shape gives it extra stability no matter what the conditions are, and the long wire stem ensures the float sits just right.

WINTER DECK WD4 The WD4 is a general all round winter float, which is also perfect for those large carp in the spring due to the stainless steel spring eye.

M0700

S1 4X 8

5 PACK

M0701

S1 4X 10

5 PACK

M0702

S1 4X 12

5 PACK

M0705

S2 4X 8

5 PACK

M0706

S2 4X 10

5 PACK

M0707

S2 4X 12

5 PACK

M0710

S3 4X 8

5 PACK

M0711

S3 4X 10

5 PACK

M0712

S3 4X 12

5 PACK

Summer Deck -SD M0715

SD1 4X 10

5 PACK

M0716

SD1 4X 12

5 PACK

M0717

SD1 4X 14

5 PACK

M0718

SD1 4X 16

5 PACK

M0720

SD2 4X 12

5 PACK

M0721

SD2 4X 14

5 PACK

M0722

SD2 4X 16

5 PACK

M0723

SD2 4X 18

5 PACK

M0725

SD3 4X 10

5 PACK

M0726

SD3 4X 12

5 PACK

M0727

SD3 4X 14

5 PACK

M0728

SD3 4X 16

5 PACK

M0730

SD4 4X 12

5 PACK

M0731

SD4 4X 14

5 PACK

M0732

SD4 4X 16

5 PACK

M0733

SD4 4X 18

5 PACK

M0735

SD5 4X 12

5 PACK

M0736

SD5 4X 14

5 PACK

M0737

SD5 4X 16

5 PACK

M0738

SD5 4X 18

5 PACK

M0740

IS1 4X 10

5 PACK

M0741

IS1 4X 12

5 PACK

M0742

IS1 4X 14

5 PACK

M0745

IS2 4X 10

5 PACK

M0746

IS2 4X 12

5 PACK

M0747

IS2 4X 14

5 PACK

M0750

IS3 4X 10

5 PACK

M0751

IS3 4X 12

5 PACK

M0752

IS3 4X 14

5 PACK

M0755

P1 0.4G

5 PACK

M0756

P1 0.6G

5 PACK

M0757

P1 0.8G

5 PACK

M0758

P1 1.0G

5 PACK

M0760

P2 0.4G

5 PACK

M0761

P20.6G

5 PACK

M0762

P2 0.8G

5 PACK

M0763

P2 1.0G

5 PACK

MAP Pole Floats

PASTE P1

Shallow-S

Island -IS

Paste -P

Winter Deck - WD M0765

WD1 4X 10

5 PACK

M0766

WD1 4X 12

5 PACK

M0767

WD1 4X 14

5 PACK

M0768

WD1 4X 16

5 PACK

M0770

WD2 4X 10

5 PACK

M0771

WD2 4X 12

5 PACK

M0772

WD2 4X 14

5 PACK

M0773

WD2 4X 16

5 PACK

M0775

WD3 4X 10

5 PACK

M0776

WD3 4X 12

5 PACK

M0777

WD3 4X 14

5 PACK

M0778

WD3 4X 16

5 PACK

M0780

WD4 4X 10

5 PACK

M0781

WD4 4X 12

5 PACK

M0782

WD4 4X 14

5 PACK

M0783

WD4 4X 16

5 PACK

The IS3 is ideal for fishing the mud line on snake lakes, but also makes an incredible float for slapping when fishing shallow for carp in open water.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

D R I F T F LY R O D S This new Drift range of Wychwood fly rods has been produced using super-fine grades of carbon.

Wychwood Game Rods

These lightweight, slim line fly rods feature an action that suits all styles of river fishing. Rather than the overly stiff rods of yesteryear, often designed to propel a large dry fly miles across a large river, these rods are intimate. With the new fly lines and lighter tapers that we now have at our disposal, we can get so much closer to our quarry and when fishing at such close range, rods with softer, middle to tip actions, as featured on the Drift range, are far more effective. The rods also feature a unique 20cm marker whipped to the blank above the handle, in most competitions, only fish of 20cm or more are counted. With high end cosmetics, Pac Bay guides throughout, cut away and anodised reel seat, featuring a visible rod blank, these rods look as good as they perform! 〉〉 Non flash, subdued, matt black finish with high gloss black whippings, featuring green highlights. 〉〉 High Modulus Toray Carbon Blank 〉〉 Machined, satin black, cut away, anodised aluminium reel seat 〉〉 ‘Visible’ rod blank with DRIFT logo 〉〉 Four-piece construction 〉〉 Section alignment guides 〉〉 Carbon Rod Tube 〉〉 ‘P cork’ half wells handle 〉〉 Unique 20cm ‘whipped’ marker

CODE

LENGTH

SECTIONS

LINE WEIGHT

ACTION

WEIGHT

A0554

6FT

MID

60G

A0555

7FT

MID

66G

A0556

8FT

MID

70G

A0557

9FT

MID

79G

A0558

9FT

MID

83G

A0559

9FT

MID

89G

A0560

10FT

MID

85G

A0561

10FT

MID

94G

A0562

11FT

MID

96G

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

DRIFT XL This new Drift XL range of ‘extendable‘ fly rods has been designed specifically with the modern river angler in mind. They are unique fishing tools conceived specifically for those that desire that little extra edge!

〉〉 Unique, twist and lock extendable butt section (8-inch extension) 〉〉 Non flash, subdued, matt black finish with high gloss black whippings, featuring green highlights. 〉〉 High Modulus Toray Carbon Blank 〉〉 Machined, satin black anodised aluminium reel seat 〉〉 Four-piece construction

CODE

LENGTH

SECTIONS

LINE WEIGHT

ACTION

WEIGHT

A0563

9FT 6IN

MID

102G

A0564

9FT 6IN

MID

110G

A0565

9FT 6IN

MID

111G

A0566

10FT 6IN

3/4

MID

117G

Produced using super-fine grades of carbon, these lightweight and slim line fly rods feature an action that suits all styles of river fishing.

Wychwood Game Rods

The twist and lock feature, means that the rods, at their shortest length, can be used for presenting dry flies at range, and at their longest length, for ‘close quarters’ nymph fishing.

Wychwood Game Rods

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

〉〉 An aesthetically pleasing blank, a stylish matt grey finish with high gloss black whippings with silver highlights 〉〉 High Modulus Toray carbon blank 〉〉 Machined, high gloss, anodised reel seat with matching up-locking rings 〉〉 3K carbon insert with Wychwood logo 〉〉 Four-piece construction 〉〉 Section alignment guides 〉〉 Carbon rod tube 〉〉 AAA cork handle

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

A0553

9FT 5WT EACH

A0552

9FT 6WT EACH

A0551

9FT 6 INCH 6WT EACH

A0550

9FT 6 INCH 7WT EACH

A0549

10FT 7WT EACH

A0548

10FT 8WT EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Our flagship rods, the best, most advanced casting tools that Wychwood has ever produced, these blanks have been specifically designed for anglers that are looking for that little extra edge when it comes to power without losing that crucial ‘feel’. These are aspirational rods but at a price that most people can afford and featuring an action, a shade slower than fast, which anglers will handle with ease. They have that extra little power in the tip so that distance casting with modern fly lines, Connect Series in particular, is very easy but they are not overly stiff which means that they’re great for subduing fish. The whole blank comes into play and this allows you to subdue your catch far quicker and without fear of putting too much strain on light tippet. The RS tapers produce a very light rod and the mix of carbons used in the construction means that the rods are incredibly robust, strong and yet still incredibly light. All the popular lengths and line ratings are covered for most fishing applications on both still and running water. Whether you fish from the boat, bank or even wading, there’s a model to suit your needs.

Wychwood Game Rods

RS: The most advanced casting rods Wychwood has ever produced

G E OF AME-F IC I O

LINE WEIGHT#

ACTION

4PC

MID-FAST

4PC

MID-FAST

9FT 6 INCH

4PC

MID-FAST

9FT 6 INCH

4PC

MID-FAST

10FT

4PC

MID-FAST

10FT

4PC

MID-FAST

LENGTH

SECTIONS

9FT 9FT

TA BL

5 95 ISHED 1

ING SH

THE V

As with all of our Wychwood rod ranges, each model has an action that has been honed, ensuring that the line rating is spot on, offering perfect balance and ‘feel’ when in use.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

This Trio of fly rods has been tailored to suit the modern competition angler’s wants and needs. Manufactured with new ENIR technology these rods have an ultra-fast action, delivering vast amounts of both power and performance. However, unlike some fast-action rods, the ENIR technology used in the blank’s construction means that they are very light, at the same time being far more durable than normal carbon fibre. ENIR boosts the performance of composite tubes dramatically and reinforces the resin between carbon fibre, making a very flexible, light, yet incredibly strong structure.

〉〉 ENIR Nano Technology 〉〉 A sombre blank, matt grey, with eye catching detail on the butt section, high gloss black whippings with red highlights 〉〉 High Modulus multi-layer Toray Carbon Blank 〉〉 Machined, high gloss, anodised reel seat, gloss white, carbon insert featuring the Wychwood logo 〉〉 Fuji stripper guides 〉〉 Four-piece construction 〉〉 Section alignment guides 〉〉 AAA cork handle 〉〉 Carbon Rod Tube 〉〉 Rod Tube designed in the UK

LENGTH

SECTIONS

RATING

ACTION

A0567

WYCHWOOD RS COMPETITION

9FT 6IN

4PC

FAST

A0568

WYCHWOOD RS COMPETITION

10FT

4PC

FAST

A0569

WYCHWOOD RS COMPETITION

10FT

4PC

FAST

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Wychwood Game Rods

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

This is an all new series of six-piece fly rods which has been specifically designed for fishing use anytime, anywhere. Whether it be a quick visit to a new fishery or you are off on an adventure to some far flung destination the new and improved Quest V2 has a rod in the range to suit all fishing applications. The range features the most popular lengths and line ratings associated with everyday angling and destination fishing breaks. Each possess a saltwater proof reel seat, premium grade cork and a very thin, and extremely lightweight blank construction, just what you need when travelling light. As with all of our Wychwood rod ranges, each model has an action that has been honed, ensuring that the line rating is spot on ensuring the perfect balance and ‘feel’ in use.

〉〉 Compact and lightweight six piece rod 〉〉 Black high gloss finish with silver highlights 〉〉 Dual anodised saltwater proof reel seat 〉〉 Dark chrome guides 〉〉 Premium grade cork handle 〉〉 Section labelling 〉〉 Compact rod tube

LENGTH

SECTIONS

LINE WEIGHT#

ACTION

9FT 6 INCH

6PC

MID

9FT

6PC

MID

9FT

6PC

MID

A0542

8FT 6 INCH 4WT EACH

A0543

9FT 5WT EACH

A0544

9FT 6WT EACH

9FT 6 INCH

6PC

MID

A0545

9FT 6 INCH 6WT EACH

9FT

6PC

MID

A0546

9FT 8WT EACH

A0547

10FT 7WT EACH

10FT

6PC

MID

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Wychwood Game Rods

Finely Tuned to Perfection...

Truefly rods offer value and performance. The blanks are slimmer, faster and lighter than their competitors, offering unrivalled performance for the impressive price point. The range is built on a four-piece blank which is easier to pack away and store out of harm’s way. The solid cordura rod tube offers plenty of protection while the rod is being transported.

〉〉 Extremely responsive casting action designed with the modern angler in mind 〉〉 Multi-modulus carbon for super-slim and lightweight construction 〉〉 3K Carbon fibre reel seat 〉〉 Premium grade AAA cork 〉〉 Section labelling & alignment 〉〉 Precise single line rated four piece construction 〉〉 Compact cordura rod tube with carry strap LENGTH

SECTIONS

LINE WEIGHT#

ACTION

9’

4PC

FAST

9’

4PC

FAST

A1506

9’ EACH

A1507

9’ EACH

9’6”

4PC

FAST

A1508

9’6” EACH

9’6”

4PC

FAST

A1509

9’6” EACH

10’

4PC

FAST

A1510

10’ EACH

A1511

10’ EACH

10’

4PC

FAST

The cork is AAA grade, which not only offers the perfect grip but a long life, the rings are all hard chrome for durability and the reel seat is finished with a 3K carbon spacer detailing to reduce weight. Each individual rod action has been fine-tuned, so that at every line rating the rod performs with ease.

Wychwood Game Rods

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

These stunning new Truefly T2 rods offer a measurable leap forwards in terms of performance and design to the ever popular Truefly range. The blanks are very slim and lightweight, yet incredibly strong. Unlike a lot of ‘modern’ rods the action of the T2 is smooth, a middle to tip action, which is far less aggressive, and as such it is far more suited to today’s modern angler and the fishing techniques that they are likely to employ.

The T2 range of four-piece rods is built on a lavishly finished bottle green blank, the cork is high grade F4 with composite mix, offering long life and a perfect grip with wet or dry hands and the longer models feature a full EVA fighting butt too. The guides are all hard chrome

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

for amazing durability and the high-lift snakes allow for easy line travel, so that casting becomes effortless. Each rod is supplied with its own cloth bag and a rock solid Carbon rod tube with aluminium end caps, ensuring that the rod stays safe from harm in any environment. As with all of our Wychwood rod ranges, each model has an action that has been honed, ensuring that the line rating is spot on ensuring the perfect balance and ‘feel’ when in use.

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

LINE WEIGHT#

ACTION

4PC

MID

4PC

MID

9FT 6 INCH

4PC

MID

9FT 6 INCH

4PC

MID

10FT

4PC

MID

10FT

4PC

MID

10FT

4PC

MID

SECTIONS

9FT 9FT

Wychwood Game Rods

LENGTH

9FT 5WT EACH 9FT 6WT EACH 9FT 6 INCH 6WT EACH 9FT 6 INCH 7WT EACH 10FT 6WT EACH 10FT 7WT EACH 10FT 8WT EACH

〉〉 A responsive, yet smooth, casting action designed for all fishing applications A1518 〉〉 Multi modulus carbon four piece blank A1517 〉〉 Gloss bottle green finish with silver highlights A1516 〉〉 Lined striper guides and high lift snakes A1515 〉〉 Extremely lightweight A1514 〉〉 Carbon fibre reel seat A1513 〉〉 Section labelling A1512 〉〉 Stylish carbon rod tube

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Truespin SLA Powerful, yet smooth action, capable of casting all varieties of lures/spinners.

Wychwood Game Rods

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Improved super-lightweight blank design Modified rod balance Full EVA butt protector 3K weave carbon fibre reel seat Premium cork handle Section labelling & eyesights Cordura rod tube for safe transportation

A8050

SLA 8’

A8051

SLA 9’ (LIGHT)

EACH EACH

A8052

SLA 9’

EACH

A8053

SLA 10’

EACH

LENGTH

SECTIONS

CASTING WEIGHT

ACTION

8’

3PC

10-30g

Power Tip

6.7oz/190g

9’

3PC

5-20g

Power Tip

7.3oz/208g

9’

3PC

15-40g

Power Tip

7.6oz/216g

10’

3PC

20-50g

Power Tip

8.1oz/232g

WEIGHT

Truebait SLA Salmon Powerful, yet smooth action, capable of casting all varieties of baits.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

A8060

SLA 11’

EACH

A8061

SLA 12’

EACH

LENGTH

SECTIONS

CASTING WEIGHT

ACTION

WEIGHT

11’

3PC

20-40G

Power Tip

8.5oz/242g

12’

3PC

30-60G

Power Tip

9.5oz/272g

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

NEW

Truefly SLA MKII Reels The New Truefly SLA (super large arbor) MKII cassette fly reel has been created with the help of some extremely high design specifications. The original SLA challenged the boundaries of production, but with this new version, those boundaries have been pushed to the limit! Not only is the SLA MKII a more ‘aesthetically pleasing’ fly reel, it’s over half an ounce lighter than the old SLA (7/8-wt model)! By carefully removing as much material as possible from the die cast aluminium frame and cage, without compromising on the reel’s integrity or functionality, we were able achieve our target goal of producing the lightest fly reel in its class. *

Available in two colourways, the popular and subtle champagne and a new, dark silver, both feature a smooth and warm satin finish. All reels come complete with a new, specifically designed, moulded EVA protective carry case and two additional black, polycarbonate spare spools. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super Large Arbor for rapid retrieve and line memory reduction Super light-weight design Aluminium Die-Cast frame & cage Unique dot alignment cassette spool fixing Bespoke in-house registered design Hidden counter-balance system Semi-concealed Rulon disc drag High-density Polycarbonate cassettes Full EVA case for protection 2 x Spare cassette spools

C0840

#5/6 - CHAMPAGNE

165G EACH

C0841

#5/6 - SILVER

165G EACH

C0842

#7/8 - CHAMPAGNE 181G EACH

C0843

#7/8 - SILVER 181G EACH

C0844

#9/11 - CHAMPAGNE 213G EACH

C0845

#9/11 - SILVER

Wychwood Game Reels

The reel’s functionality is superb, incorporating a semi-sealed Rulon drag system, a snug, compression fit spool and now featuring sculpted spool release and drag knobs, for a comfortable ‘feel’ when in use.

213G EACH

Still available SLAs C0818

#9/11 - BLK EACH

C0821

#9/11 - W/G EACH

〉〉 Spare spools C0847

DOUBLE SPOOL #5/6 - CLEAR EACH

C0849

DOUBLE SPOOL #7/8 - CLEAR EACH

C0814

DOUBLE SPOOL #5/6 - BLACK

C0817

DOUBLE SPOOL #5/6 - WARM GREY EACH

C0807

DOUBLE SPOOL #7/8 - BLACK EACH

C0810

DOUBLE SPOOL #7/8 - WARM GRE EACH

C0820

DOUBLE SPOOL #911 - BLACK EACH

C0823

DOUBLE SPOOL #9/11 - WARM GREY EACH

EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Flow Reels Aside from the captivating aesthetics these fly reels are built around one core element, the braking system. This consists of a patented Rulon drag system housed within a semi-sealed protective casing to keep the elements, dirt and grime at bay. These reels are constructed from pressure-cast aluminium, offering unrivalled light weights; significantly lighter than any cassette fly reel on the market. With full aluminium spool, competitively priced in an array of colours, it’s easy to see why these reels offer value beyond your expectations!

Wychwood Game Reels

The Flow reels are available in two sizes #5/6 and #7/8, with two colour options; Platinum or Titanium. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Full aluminium fly reel Unique, in-house, registered design Perfectly balanced-symmetrical design Super-smooth operation Semi-sealed Rulon drag Extremely lightweight: #5/6: 158g #7/8: 166g 〉〉 Economic spool options C0175

FIVE SIX PLATINUM

EACH

C0176

FIVE SIX TITANIUM

EACH

C0181

SEVEN EIGHT PLATINUM

EACH

C0182

SEVEN EIGHT TITANIUM

EACH

〉〉 Spare spools C0177

FIVE SIX PLATINUM EACH

C0178

FIVE SIX TITANIUM EACH

C0183

SEVEN EIGHT PLATINUM EACH

C0184

SEVEN EIGHT TITANIUM EACH

ARBOR

LINE WEIGHT#

BACKING CAPACITY

WEIGHT

FIVE SIX

92mm

5/6

100m 20lb +WF6

158g

SEVEN EIGHT

98mm

7/8

100m 20lb+WF8

166g

DESCRIPTION

River & Stream Reels These super-lightweight river fishing reels have had a facelift, produced in a new colour way which fits better with the modern river angler’s armoury. They’re still the same great reels, a marvel of modern-day engineering and the envy of many… a product that truly challenges the boundaries of production technology with the #2/3 reel weighing in at a staggering 50grams, and the #4/5 reel at only 58grams. A minimalist approach during production reduces the reel’s weight and yet the overall structural integrity of the reel is maintained. The Wychwood ‘adjusta-clicker’ drag system is strong enough to stop any hazardous over runs and at the same time allows you to palm the spool, to ensure that fish can be played on very light tippets. This is the perfect reel, when coupled with a light rod, for delicate fishing situations where care and attention to detail is required.

〉〉 Lightest fly reels in the world: - #2/3 50g (1.8oz) - #4/5 58g (2.0oz) 〉〉 Bar-stock aluminium cage and spool 〉〉 T2 anodised surface finish 〉〉 Multi-axis CNC shelling technology 〉〉 Shortened centre pin for weight reduction 〉〉 Injection-moulded, comfort-fit handle 〉〉 Adjusta-clicker drag system C0854

#2/3 EACH

C0856

#4/5 EACH

C0855

#2/3 SPOOL

EACH

C0857

#4/5 SPOOL

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

DESCRIPTION

ARBOR

LINE WEIGHT#

BACKING CAPACITY

#2/3

70mm

75m 12lb

50g

#4/5

77mm

75m 12lb

58g

WEIGHT

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Wychwood Game Reels

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Olive Wading Jacket

NEW

The aim was to design a high-end, top speciﬁcation three layer jacket packed with features. The result is the Wychwood Game Wading Jacket.

Wychwood Game Waterproof Clothing

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% polyester with DWR finish Performance: 15,000mm hydrostatic head / 10,000g/m2 breathability, three layer Fully seam sealed YKK Aquaguard centre front zip with storm flap behind zip Water resistant zipped chest pocket and two generously sized bellowed chest pockets with magnetic closure and flap fold up feature to enable use of the pocket with one hand Adjustable hood with stiffened peak Cuff construction designed so that neoprene cuff and adjuster are covered to omit catching in the line when casting Laser cut breathing holes at centre front collar Adjustable hem

T9156

MEDIUM

EACH

T9157

LARGE

EACH

T9158

X-LARGE

EACH

T9159

XX-LARGE

EACH

Also available in Grey

Olive Boat Jacket

NEW

We’ve used the same fabric as the Wading Jacket in a lighter, two layer. This makes the fabric highly breathable which ensures that you stay comfortable all day long. Designed with a non-cluttered and functional appearance. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% polyester with DWR finish Performance: 15,000mm hydrostatic head / 30,000g/m2 breathability, two layer Fully seam sealed YKK centre front zip with double storm flap Zipped hand pockets and two generously sized bellowed chest pockets with magnetic closure and flap fold up feature to enable use of the pocket with one hand Zipped security pocket on inside Adjustable hood with stiffened peak Cuff construction designed so that neoprene cuff adjusters are covered to omit catching in the line when casting Adjustable hem

T9152

MEDIUM

EACH

T9153

LARGE

EACH

T9154

X-LARGE

EACH

T9155

XX-LARGE

EACH

Also available in Grey

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Olive Bib & Brace

NEW

The Wychwood Game Bib and Brace is designed to keep you dry and comfortable.

Shell: 100% polyester with DWR finish Performance: 15,000mm hydrostatic head / 10,000g/m2 breathability, three layer YKK front zip covered with storm flap Water resistant zipped hand pockets Adjustable elasticated webbing straps Ergonomic cut through the leg for comfortable fit Generous gusset at hem with adjustable tabs for close fit

T9323

MEDIUM

EACH

T9324

LARGE

EACH

T9325

X-LARGE

EACH

T9326

XX-LARGE

EACH

Also available in Grey

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wychwood Game Waterproof Clothing

Made of the same waterproof and breathable three layer fabric as the Wading Jacket, it’s the complete layering system that works to beat the weather.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Hybrid Jacket For cold, dry conditions there’s the Wychwood Game Hybrid Jacket. This mid layer garment combines fabrics to regulate your body temperature better when active. We’ve used 3M 100g insulation in the body and a windproof rip stop outer while the sleeves and side panels are a highly durable polyester stretch fabric. This cuts down on weight and allows for far greater freedom of movement. It’s also a great layering piece, the narrow baffle construction cuts down on bulk so that it will fit easily under a waterproof jacket. There are three zipped pockets, two hand pockets and one chest pocket. At a glance

Wychwood Game Clothing

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Body: 100% nylon ripstop with DWR finish Sleeves, side panels, hood: 90% polyester / 10% spandex with wicking Filling: 100% polyester Nylon ripstop in the body provides wind protection YKK centre front zip with zip guard Three zipped pockets, two hand pockets and one chest pocket

T9132

MEDIUM

EACH

T9133

LARGE

EACH

T9134

X-LARGE

EACH

T9135

XX-LARGE

EACH

Insulated Gilet

Softshell Jacket

Using the same 3M 100g insulation and windproof rip stop outer as the Hybrid Jacket the Insulated Gilet will keep you warm without restricting movement. A versatile mid layer piece the low bulk means that it’s compressible and can be packed into its own chest pocket.

Made from a hardwearing polyester rip stop the Wychwood Game Softshell Jacket look as good as it performs. The robust outer, membrane and fleece inner will keep the elements out and keep you comfortable at all times.

There are two zipped hand pockets and one further zipped chest pocket.

There are four zipped pockets, two hand pockets and two chest pockets. The hood and hem are fully adjustable.

At a glance

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

T9136

MEDIUM

EACH

T9137

LARGE

EACH

T9138

X-LARGE

EACH

T9139

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Shell: 86% polyester / 14% spandex with DWR finish Performance: 10,000mm hydrostatic head / 10,000g/m2 breathability YKK centre front zip with zip guard YKK zipped hand pockets and chest pockets Stretch cuff for close fit Adjustable hood and hem

T9140

MEDIUM

EACH

T9141

LARGE

EACH

T9142

X-LARGE

EACH

T9133

XX-LARGE

EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Long Waistcoat Designed to the highest specification the Wychwood Game Long Vest offers all the practicality of a multi pocket vest with unique features. The fabric is a durable nylon with a digital camouflage print exclusive to Wychwood. There are eleven pockets in all. The nine generous bellowed pockets on the front have been sized to fit most fly box styles and measurements. On the back there are two pockets, one with a zip closure. The back panel can be zipped off for ventilation. There’s more – the bespoke shaped elastic easily stores fly line or fly treatment. Rubberised tool stations, rod station, double zingers and fly patch make this the comprehensive choice for fly fishing. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 600mm hydrostatic head Unique digital grey camouflage design Nine pockets on the front, three zipped and bellowed Two pockets on the back, one zipped Removeable back panel for ventilation Double zingers Rubberised tool stations Bespoke shaped elastic to store fly line / fly treatment Quick drain pockets Rod station Fly patch

T9144

MEDIUM

EACH

T9145

LARGE

EACH

T9146

X-LARGE

EACH

T9147

XX-LARGE

EACH

Wychwood Game Clothing

At a glance

Short Waistcoat Designed to the highest specification the Wychwood Game Short Vest offers all the practicality of a multi pocket vest with unique features. The fabric is a durable nylon with a digital camouflage print exclusive to Wychwood. It’s shorter length means that it’s perfect for wading. There are 13 pockets in all. The 10 generous bellowed pockets on the front have been sized to fit most fly box styles and measurements. On the back there are three pockets, one with a zip closure. The back panel can be zipped off for ventilation. There’s more – the bespoke shaped elastic easily stores fly line or fly treatment products. Rubberised tool stations, rod station, double zingers and fly patch make this the comprehensive choice for fly fishing. At a glance Shell: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 600mm hydrostatic head Unique digital camouflage design Nine pockets on the front, three zipped and bellowed Two pockets on the back, one zipped Removeable back panel for ventilation Double zingers Rubberised tool stations Bespoke shaped elastic to store fly line / fly treatment Quick drain pockets Rod station Fly patch

T9148

MEDIUM

EACH

T9149

LARGE

EACH

T9150

X-LARGE

EACH

T9151

XX-LARGE

EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Tech Hoody Using a performance fabric in a Hoody style this is a mid-layer garment with a difference. It’s warmer than a traditional Hoody due to the bonded fleece. The DWR finish to the fabric will keep the elements out for far longer than a standard hoody ever would. A zipped chest pocket will stow essentials and there are two hand warmer pockets. The hood is adjustable at the high collar. At a glance

Wychwood Game Clothing

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

T9184

MEDIUM

EACH

T9185

LARGE

EACH

T9186

X-LARGE

EACH

T9187

XX-LARGE

EACH

Tech Tee

Graphic Tee

A great layering piece in a wicking polyester keeping you comfortable when active.

A soft cotton T-shirt with minimal Wychwood logo branding.

At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

100% polyester Bonded fleece with DWR finish on the face, fleece on the back 300g/m2 One zipped chest pocket Kangaroo pocket Adjustable hood

Body: 100% polyester with wicking Side panels: 100% polyester eyelet with wicking 140g/m2 Performance fabric with wicking for moisture management Relaxed fit

T9212

MEDIUM

EACH

T9213

LARGE

EACH

T9214

X-LARGE

EACH

T9215

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

At a glance 〉〉100% cotton 〉〉180g/m2 T9196

MEDIUM

EACH

T9197

LARGE

EACH

T9198

X-LARGE

EACH

T9199

XX-LARGE

EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Checked Shirt A classic two pocket shirt design in a performance wicking fabric keeping you comfortable when active. At a glance Body: 95% polyester / 5% spandex with wicking Mesh panels: 100% polyester Performance fabric with wicking for moisture management Mesh panels to maintain comfort while active Relaxed fit

T9232

MEDIUM

EACH

T9233

LARGE

EACH

T9234

X-LARGE

EACH

T9235

XX-LARGE

EACH

Base Layer Top

Cap

A high performance base layer featuring an excellent wicking system for moisture management in any conditions.

Wychwood Game Base Layers

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

T4251 EACH

At a glance 〉〉 100% polyester eyelet with wicking 〉〉 140g/m2 T9224

MEDIUM

EACH

T9225

LARGE

EACH

T9226

X-LARGE

EACH

T9227

XX-LARGE

EACH

Base Layer Trousers A high performance base layer featuring an excellent wicking system for moisture management in any conditions.

Beanie T4252 EACH

At a glance

T9228

MEDIUM

EACH

T9229

LARGE

EACH

T9230

X-LARGE

EACH

T9231

XX-LARGE

EACH

〉〉 100% polyester eyelet with wicking 〉〉 140g/m2

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Gorge Waders Tough and hardwearing yet incredibly lightweight, these five-layer, sonic-welded breathable waders offer security and comfort for anglers that are active and on the move. The microporous coating features a structure made up of tiny holes which not only prevents liquid water from penetrating the fabric but also allows individual particles of water vapour to pass through which means the fabric is super waterproof and highly breathable. Breathable waders offer security and comfort for anglers that are active and on the move. Delivering 20,000mm Hydrostatic Head and 4,000g/m2 breathability rating, these waders are designed to perform to a very high standard.

Wychwood Game Waders

The coating combined with a tough, durable face means that Wychwood Waders are reliable and comfortable to wear the whole year through. 〉〉 Stay Dry System, Super lightweight, robust and hard wearing, highly waterproof and breathable construction 〉〉 100% Nylon with DWR Finnish, 20,000 Hydrostatic head / 4,000/M2 breathability 〉〉 Sonic Welding across all seams 〉〉 Five-Layer construction across ‘high wear’ areas for maximum durability 〉〉 Ergonomic make up without any side seams for greater durability and freedom of movement 〉〉 Adjustable ‘logo’ d shoulder straps and waist belt for comfortable and close fit, to eliminate current drag 〉〉 Taped, spacious front pocket with water resistant zip 〉〉 Two internal pockets, one featuring a clear-welded pocket providing waterproof security for valuables 〉〉 Daisy chain lanyard for essentials 〉〉 Adjustable top edge for fitted feel, ideal for deep wading 〉〉 Wader fabric gravel guard featuring elasticated boot fit, with stainless steel boot lace hook, for extra protection T9300

MEDIUM

EACH

T9301

LARGE

EACH

T9302

X-LARGE

EACH

T9303

XX-LARGE

EACH

T9304

MEDIUM KING

EACH

T9305

LARGE KING

EACH

T9306

XL KING

EACH

BUNDLE DEAL BUY WADERS & BOOTS FOR DISCOUNT PRICE

Source Waders Durable and incredibly lightweight, these three-layer breathable waders offer exceptional value for money. All seems are triple taped for added security, making them more robust than most waders in this price range. The belt and braces help when it comes to fit and feel, allowing the anger to feel safe and secure. These waders also feature a waterproof front pouch pocket, wader material gravel guards and lace clip. The coating combined with a tough, durable face means that Wychwood Waders are reliable and comfortable to wear the whole year through.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Three-Layer construction Adjustable shoulder straps and waist belt for comfortable and close fit, to eliminate current drag Spacious front pocket with water resistant zip Gravel Guard constructed with hardwearing wader fabric, featuring elasticated fit with stainless steel boot lace hook, for extra protection

T9312

MEDIUM

EACH

T9313

LARGE

EACH

T9314

X-LARGE

EACH

T9315

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

BUNDLE DEAL BUY WADERS & BOOTS FOR DISCOUNT PRICE

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Gorge Wading Boots A wading boot needs to be many things, solid, yet lightweight, snug fitting, yet extremely comfortable, durable and hardwearing. They also need to give you security when wading in any environment, to provide traction on the most slippery of surfaces, from steep grass banks to weed covered rocks, you need to have faith in where you put your feet!

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Hardwearing supportive PVC toe and ankle protection Leather mid-section with Rip-stop uppers Quick drying materials Looped ‘pull’ cord on ankle, so boots can be slipped on fast Padded and lined, high-top tongue for additional comfort Large gusseted tongue, for ease of use Locking D ring for gravel guard hooks, for added protection Looped laces quick and easy fastening EVA sole for a comfortable and cushioning fit Polypropylene fibre laces

T9307

EACH

T9308

EACH

T9309

EACH

T9310

EACH

T9311

EACH

T9322

EACH

BUNDLE DEAL BUY WADERS & BOOTS FOR DISCOUNT PRICE

Wychwood Game Waders

These Gorge wading boots tick all the boxes for a high-end wading boot, easy on and easy off, they are light and comfortable and offer loads of support in all the right places, once your feet are in them you feel safe and sound ready to take on any terrain, allowing you to fish in confidence.

Source Wading Boots These Source Wading boots tick all the boxes for those looking for a traditional, comfortable but most of all reliable wading boot. Hardwearing supportive toe and ankle protection Woven eyelet and leather uppers, lightweight and abrasion resistant. Looped leather grab cord on ankle, so boots can be slipped on fast Padded and lined, high-top tongue for additional comfort Looped laces, quick and easy fastening EVA sole for a comfortable and cushioning fit Tough and hardwearing felt soles

T9316

EACH

T9317

EACH

T9318

EACH

T9319

EACH

T9320

EACH

T9321

EACH

BUNDLE DEAL BUY WADERS & BOOTS FOR DISCOUNT PRICE

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wychwood Game Footware

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

3/4 Length Neoprene Boots

〉〉 3/4 length waterproof boot 〉〉 Neoprene provides more warmth than conventional rubber 〉〉 High grip sole with heavy tread WY6502

SIZE 7

WY5603

SIZE 8

EACH EACH

WY5604

SIZE 9

EACH

WY5605

SIZE 10

EACH

WY5606

SIZE 11

EACH

WY5607

SIZE 12

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Black Wrap Sunglasses

Truefly Sunglasses

〉〉 A pair of fantastic sunglasses offering real value for money without compromising on quality 〉〉 Featuring soft-touch, polycarbonate frames and high quality polarised lenses

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

01 T9008

BLK WRAP SMOKE

EACH

01 T9010 TRUEFLY EACH

02 T9009

BLK WRAP BROWN EACH

02 T9011 MAXIMSER EACH

Magnesium Sunglasses

Epic Sunglasses

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

T9012 EACH

Magnesium-alloy frame for improved durability and lightness 1.9mm hard coated glass UV380 and UV400 lenses Consistent lens arc delivers the least amount of surface distortion Spring-loaded arms and adjustable nose pads Supplied with free lanyard and protective case

T9013 EACH

100

Wychwood Game Sunglasses

Thin, minimal and super-lightweight polycarbonate frames 1.0mm high performance, dual-bonded polarised lenses Black/smoke style for sunny conditions Supplied with free lanyard and protective case

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Gear Trap Pouch They often say that ‘good things come in small packages’ and this Gear Trap Pouch is no exception. It flatters to deceive though, a compact and portable pack it may be, but the manner in which it has been constructed means that it is packed with ‘fillable’ space and with awesome key features like the rigid, ripple foam fly deck, zingers and tool tabs.

Wychwood Game Luggage

The Gear Trap Pouch allows anglers to head out on a fishing mission with total confidence, safe in the knowledge that they can take everything, nothing need be left behind. 〉〉 Constructed from two hard-wearing fabrics, 150D polyester and 600D polyester, both featuring a PVC coating 〉〉 Multiple storage compartments 〉〉 Strong and reliable clip and fasten buckles 〉〉 Removable EVA ripple foam fly patch 〉〉 Tough rubber tool tabs 〉〉 Black anodised, hook and lock zingers 〉〉 Extendable hidden pouch, which doubles as a rod rest 〉〉 Internal and external mesh pockets 〉〉 Moulded Wychwood zip pullers 〉〉 Padded, adjustable collar for ease of use and weight dispersion H0901 EACH

Gear Trap Short Haul With mobility featuring high up on the majority of modern angler’s hit lists, this Short Haul pack, a wearable storage solution for those that like to get out there and do it, is a no brainer. It’s comfortable, portable and has enough space to get in all those fishing essentials in. Smart and wearable the dual colours blend in well in most fishing environments and the adjustable straps make for a very comfortable day out. Padding in specific areas ensure that the pack doesn’t cut in, even when it is weighed down with all your gear. Features include, Zingers, tool stations, foam fly deck, pockets and pouches galore, this pack is a heavy-hitter in the tech pack world! 〉〉 Constructed from two hard-wearing fabrics, 150D polyester and 600D polyester, both featuring a PVC coating 〉〉 Multiple storage compartments 〉〉 Strong and reliable clip and fasten buckles 〉〉 Removable EVA ripple foam fly patch 〉〉 Black anodised, hook and lock zingers 〉〉 Internal pocket carabiner 〉〉 Internal and external mesh pockets 〉〉 Solid work deck 〉〉 Padded and adjustable shoulder straps - featuring mini ‘D’ rings - for extra comfortable fit and weight distribution 〉〉 Hard wearing, extendable tool clips 〉〉 Rear ‘D’ ring for net attachment

101

H0903 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Gear Trap Vest This is impressive, wearable luggage, for those anglers that need a little bit more in the way of storage capacity when they head out on the water. The Gear Trap Vest, which is a cross breed, a kind of hybrid of vest come technical pack and it is the ideal solution for those strength sapping treks out in to the wilderness or even a long day on a local venue. Fully adjustable, it fits perfectly to all body shapes, allowing lots of room for manoeuvre.

Constructed from two hard-wearing fabrics, 150D polyester and 600D polyester, both featuring a PVC coating Multiple storage compartments Strong and reliable clip and fasten buckles Removable EVA ripple foam fly patch Tough rubber tool tabs, front and rear Black anodised, hook and lock zingers Internal and external mesh pockets Padded and adjustable and vented shoulder straps - featuring rubberised tool tabs - for extra comfortable fit and weight distribution Tensioned pull cords for rod tube storage Front and back panels feature small rippled foam inserts for additional comfort and fit Rear ‘D’ ring for net attachment

H0902 EACH

102

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wychwood Game Luggage

With tool tabs aplenty, super solid, and rippled, foam fly decks, padded back panels and pockets and storage options galore, it’s the all-round perfect fit.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Boatman

Wychwood Game Luggage

Designed specifically for the boat angler, this is a versatile 55 litre carryall with a semi-rigid frame, replacing one of the most famous boat bags of all time. Improved by adding new features such as a fully waterproof and lightweight EVA base, a neoprene kidney protector and a full rain cover to the original award-winning formula, this bag is worthy of its heritage. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fully waterproof, protective EVA base Multi-functional, fast access ‘boat-shelf compartment’ Modular design for reels & accessories storage Fully removable giant foam fly patch Full rain shower protector Unique tippet discard pocket Neoprene lower-back comfort panel Dimensions: 275mm [d] x 380mm [h] x 500mm [w]

H0881 EACH

Bankman The Bankman delivers cavernous storage, providing enough space for most tackle, food and spare clothing needed for a day session on the bank. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fully waterproof, protective EVA base Full rain shower protector Unique tippet discard pocket Neoprene lower-back comfort panel Full EVA handle Dual rod tube holders Unhookable rubber-mesh pockets Soft Velcro external fly patches Non-slip shoulder pad External & internal tackle pockets Full 1680D nylon construction Dimensions: 230mm [d] x 280mm [h] x 420mm [w]

103

H0880 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Wader Bag An innovative solution for storing and transporting chest waders or wet clothing. Hangable bag to aid drying and provide correct storage of waders Easily transportable, folding Wychwood design Unique no fuss Drop’N’Dry system Safe storage for expensive waders 1680D high quality, waterproof material Several valuables pockets Neoprene changing mat to prevent wet socks Mesh pockets for tackle, socks, wader repair etc. Self-drying, wading boot compartment Dimensions (open): 560mm [l] x 20mm [d] x 1580mm [h]

Wychwood Game Luggage

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

H9130 EACH

Boot Bag The Wychwood Boot Bag is a high quality walking or wading boot bag made from a waterproof 1680D material featuring an easy change neoprene mat for standing on when changing footwear outdoors. A safe and hygienic way of transporting dirty footwear, created using the unique Drop’n’Dry system, which allows the footwear to conveniently dry inside the Boot Bag when stored. A simple no-fuss solution to storing dirty footwear. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Unique Drop’N’Dry system Safe storage for walking boots or wading boots Protects furniture against dirt whilst in transit Soft neoprene change mat Rubber mesh drying vents 1680D high-quality waterproof material EVA carry handle Dimensions: 180mm [d] x 380mm [h] x 380mm [w]

H9131 EACH

Rucksack This 25 litre rucksack is a multi-functional fishing backpack. Designed predominantly for comfort, it is the perfect addition to the distance-roaming angler’s artillery. F eaturing our new easy-breathe support system, it evenly distributes the pack weight over a larger surface area of your entire back, optimising comfort. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Lightweight, 25 litre contemporary design Sweat-proof, easy breathe fixing Weight distributing back protection system Two rod tube carriers Net D-Ring hanger Dual, fast access, fly patch store Zinger hangers on shoulder straps Ideal for fishing far-away marks Weather-and rot-resistant Full 1680D nylon material Dimensions: 150mm [d] x 480mm [h] x 250mm [w]

H0871 EACH

104

Rod Tubes not Included

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Rover Bag The Rover is a lightweight, compact, day session shoulder bag for the roving angler. Featuring our fast, no zipper or buckle access, it uses magnets to allow for rapid retrieval of required tackle items. Designed specifically for the fishing market, this bag includes a unique bank-side tippet discard, rubber mesh tackle pockets and a non-slip shoulder pad. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Easy secure featuring no zips Cavernous, main storage compartment Unique tippet discard pocket Two front pockets Rubber mesh internal tackle pockets Non-slip shoulder pad design Weather-and rot-resistant Full 1680D nylon material Dimensions: 100mm [d] x 300mm [h] x 380mm [w]

Wychwood Game Luggae

H0873 EACH

Competition Reel Case The Competition reel case is yet another unique product in our best-selling fly fishing luggage range. Capable of storing up to 18 cassette spools or various tackle items, it features an innovative T-Fold design, maximising storage space. The fast access system allows you to open and reseal the bag within seconds, without the use of zips and features a fully magnetic, weather-resistant closure. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Easy secure featuring no zips Holds up to 22 cassette spools Unique registered T-fold design Unique tippet discard pocket Features various flat tackle pockets Non-slip shoulder pad design Weather-and rot-resistant Full 1680D nylon material Dimensions: 130mm [d] x 130mm [h] x 350mm [w]

105

H0870 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Reel Bag 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Holds up to 6 of your prized reels or spools Features a trio of flat tackle pockets Easy secure featuring no zips Over-sized, top lid provides complete protection Weather-and rot-resistant Durable protective base Dimensions: 130mm [d] x 130mm [h] x 350mm [w]

106

Wychwood Game Luggage

H0872 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Bass Bag

Cool Bass Bag

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

The Cool Bass bag is constructed using a waterproof outer with a fully foiled, heat-reflecting inner lining, keeping your catch safe & fresh all day, particularly on warmer brighter days whilst you continue your fishing.

Waterproof, rubber mesh construction. Odour-and rot-resistant Easy to clean Compact Simple, no hassle, bass bag Dimensions: 400mm [h] x 600mm [w]

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

H0874 EACH

Fully waterproof outer Foiled, heat-reflective, cool bass inner Easy, wipe, clean inner The simplest way to keep your catch fresh Dimensions: 550mm [h] x 700mm [w]

Wychwood Bass Bags

H0040 EACH

‘Quick Drain’ Competitor Bass Bag

NEW

The EVA bag is an ideal solution to fish storage, no smell and no fuss. The ‘quick drain’ system allows you to drain away excess water without fear of accidently losing your precious catch. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

EVA construction Heat welded seems Odour & Rot resistant Zippered and secure top Easy to clean Easily transported Capable of holding a large bag limit Dimensions 70cm X 15cm X 55cm

107

H0888

Competition Bass Bag 〉〉 Waterproof, rubber mesh construction 〉〉 Odour-and rot-resistant 〉〉 Zippered, lockable top 〉〉 Hanging cord for bank or boat 〉〉 Easy to clean 〉〉 Waterproof, external transit bag 〉〉 Compact for easy store 〉〉 Simple, no hassle, bass bag 〉〉 2 sizes available 4 fish & 8 fish 〉〉 Dimensions: 4 fish: 350mm [h] x 550mm [w] 8 fish: 450mm [h] x 650mm [w] H0884

4 FISH

EACH

H0885

8 FISH

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Pack-Lite Stool Lightweight, aluminium, collapsible seat Full neoprene padded seat and backrest 22 litre tackle storage Dual access, main tackle pockets Multiple smaller tackle pockets Sliding, padded shoulder strap Improved carry balance Dimensions: 280mm [d] x 280mm [h] x 560mm [w]

H4034 EACH

Flow Carryalls

〉〉 3 large multi-tackle pockets 〉〉 600D fabric 〉〉 Water-resistant fabric base 〉〉 Easy-grip, rubber, zipper pullers 〉〉 Double zippers for quick access 〉〉 ‘Easy view’ interior lining 〉〉 Flat-pack design 〉〉 Dimensions: Extremis:275mm [d] x 380mm [h] x 500mm [w] Compact: 280mm [d] x280mm [h] x 560mm [w] Carry-lite: 150mm [d] x 300mm [h] x 460mm [w] 01 H4030

EXTREMIS EACH

02 H4031

COMPACT EACH

03 H4032

CARRYLITE EACH

Wychwood Game Flow Luggage

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Pack-Lite Rucksack Compact 15 litre storage Rod tube storage 2 mesh tackle pockets Fast access, front pockets 600D fabric Adjustable straps for comfort fit Padded, back bellows on pressure zones Easy-grip, rubber, zipper pullers Double zippers for quick access ‘Easy view’ interior lining Flat-pack design Dimensions: 200mm [d] x 440mm [h] x 250mm [w]

H4033

EACH

108

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Pack-Away International Para-Drogue

NEW

The ‘Packaway’ International Para-Drogue will increase fishing capability from the boat to international competition standards, by considerably slowing down the boats drift speed in wind conditions. This will allow the angler or anglers to present flies for longer periods within the correct feeding zone.

Wychwood Game Drogues

Featuring, its own inbuilt stow bag, this drogue is easy to store and transport. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Built in storage bag with carry handle 25ft2 [2.25m2] competition legal parachute 5m Rot-proof ‘invisible’ ropes Strong C-Clip metal fixings Dual arms for drift steering capabilities Reinforced stitching for strength Easily collapsible design Drogue parachute size: 1.8m x 1.3m

WY5614

EACH

Competition Drogue & Clamps Complete with 3 inch clamps, the Competition drogue can be used to direct the boat on a drift, whilst considerably slowing down the drift in high wind situations, increasing your fishing time in the correct zones. Featuring rot-proof, low-visibility ropes, it also maintains stealth while on the water. The C-Clip, metal fixings allow for convenient, swift fixing to, and removal from, the drogue clamps. The easy-collapse, two-arm design allows for speedy retrieval of the drogue which packs away into its own protective storage bag. Dimensions: 25ft2 [2.25m2] 6.5m long drogue ropes 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

25ft2 [2.25m2] competition legal parachute 6.5m Rot-proof, ‘invisible’ ropes C-Clip, metal fixings Dual arms for drift steering capabilities Two 3” Drogue Clamps included Reinforced stitching for strength Separate, protective case with easy-dry design Easily-collapsible design

109

WY5612 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

International Para-Drogue The new International para-drogue increases fishing capability from the boat to international fishing competition standards, by considerably s lowing down your drift in high wind situations, increasing your fishing time in the correct zones.

Dimensions: 25ft2 [2.25m2] 5m long drogue ropes

Interna

25ft2 [2.25m2] competition legal parachute 5m Rot-proof, ‘invisible’ ropes C-Clip, metal fixings Dual arms for drift-steering capabilities Reinforced stitching for strength Central drain hole for linear drifts Easily collapsible design

Para-Drog nal tio

WY0226 EACH

Easy Drogue A very simple to use drogue. Once deployed over the side o f your boat, this single arm drogue will substantially slow down your drifts on open water. Your slowed drift will allow you to fish longer in high wind conditions, covering and targeting more fish than ever before. The heavy duty, rot-proof, dark, ‘invisible’ rope features a C-Lock clip to easily secure to various parts of the boat. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Dimensions: 25ft2 [2.25m2]. 5m long drogue ropes 25ft2 [2.25m2] competition legal parachute 5m Rot-proof, ‘invisible’ rope Single arm parachute construction C-Clip, metal fixing Reinforced stitching for strength Easy use design

WY0225 EACH

Drogue Clamps (Pair)

Drogue Ropes (Pair)

The Wychwood Drogue clamps are supplied as a pair, allowing for easy fixing of drogues to almost any freshwater fishing vessel, via either the boat gunnels or various other locations.

A pair of low-visibility, rot-proof drogue ropes measuring 6m in length.

With a self-locking design, the clamps provide a high-strength fixing point for most drogues. The clamps can also help determine the drift of the boat. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High strength, self-locking clamps Sturdy attachment points for drogues Easy-release mechanism Wide 3˝ opening Soft-touch grips

Featuring C-Clip attachments at adjacent ends for easy application to current drogues, plus securing to the boat when drifting. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Low-visibility ropes Rot-proof Minimal stretch, great strength 6 metres in length C-clip attachments at both ends

WY0220 PAIR

WY5613 PAIR

110

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wychwood Game Drogues

Featuring rot-proof, ‘invisible’ ropes which maintain stealth while on the water, the international para-drogue’s dual-arm design also allows the angler to direct the boat on a drift. Along with this fantastic directional function, the dual arms also allow a speedy retrieve of the drogue when change of drift is needed a nd the drogue is fully submerged.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Boatman Net The Boatman Net is an up to date re-design of the original award-winning unique concept by Wychwood. Designed with the serious boat angler in mind, it’s constructed in such a way to make it super robust. The extra long reach handle means that fish hooked on the point of a lengthy leader no longer cause an issue. The adjust and lock, carbon handle extends from 1.3m to 2.4m and features an extended easy-grip EVA section for use in the boat with wet hands.

Wychwood Game Nets

With a super-large circumference of 56cm (22”) the rubber-mesh net is capable of safely capturing even the largest of trout. The mesh helps contribute to the lightweight design, as well as preventing hooks from snagging when netting fish, and it also helps limit the spread of disease between venues. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Carbon mix handle Super-large, 56cm/22” diameter net head Non fish scaring, matt net frame Self-adjustable handle from 1.3m to 2.4m Superb netting at distance and with long leaders Full rubber net mesh Prevents hooks snagging Limits spread of diseases Easy-grip EVA hand grip International Rules Fly Gauge

Q0394 EACH

Bankman Net The Bankman Net is an up to date re-design of the original award-winning unique concept by Wychwood. This net is perfect for any bank or wading angler with a slim line, hi-modulus, carbon fibre handle which creates a very lightweight package for very easy, fuss free transportation. The adjust and lock carbon handle is rock solid, couple this with the aluminium ground spike, which allows the net to double-up as a super effective line tray, when not being used to net fish means it’s perfect for any bank fishing situation The net frame features a self-adjusting, angled spreader block, so that the net can be set at any defined angle to suit your fishing situation. This allows for easier netting and more effective line capture when used as a line tray. With a super-large circumference of 56cm (22”) the rubber-mesh the net is capable of safely capturing even the largest of trout. The mesh helps contribute to the lightweight design, as well as preventing hooks from snagging when netting fish, and it also helps limit the spread of disease between venues. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1.40m hi-modulus carbon fibre adjustable handle Super-large 56cm/22” diameter net head Non fish scaring, matt net frame Self-adjustable net head angle Doubles up as a superb line tray Full rubber net mesh Prevents hooks snagging Limits spread of diseases Easy-grip EVA hand grip International Rules Fly Gauge

111

Q0395 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Rover Net These new Rover Nets feature a flip-over, self-locking net head design, so that the mobile angler has a fantastic, compact and easy to transport net while travelling the banks. With an extending, aluminium handle capable of reaching 1.4m and the easy deploy flip net head mechanism, this net can be rapidly transformed from pack-down to ready-to-net. To aid transportation and use, it also features a clothing clip at the head of the net and an EVA grip at the base for improved handling.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Easy-deploy flip net Aluminium handle Non fish scaring, matt net frame Self-adjustable to 1.4m Superb pack down size Full rubber net mesh Prevents hooks snagging Limits spread of diseases Easy-grip, EVA hand grip Clothing net hanging clip International Rules Fly Gauge (Trout)

〉〉 Two sizes available: 46cm/18” teardrop [Trout] 56cm/22” teardrop [Salmon] Q0392

46CM /18” TROUT NET

EACH

Q0393

56CM /22” SALMON NET

EACH

Wychwood Game Nets

The rubber-mesh helps contribute to the lightweight design, as well as preventing hooks from snagging when netting fish, and it also helps limit the spread of disease between venues.

Brookman Net This new Brookman net is a welcome addition to one of the most popular net ranges in the UK. The super robust frame features a non-fish scaring matt finish, this coupled with the dark rubber mesh net bag means it’s the ideal choice in challenging fishing situations. The extra long grooved handle offers exceptional grip even with wet hands. For ease of use and mobility the net can be hung from the back of a jacket or waistcoat thanks to it’s handy net clip The deep rubber-mesh net helps contribute to the lightweight design, as well as preventing hooks from snagging when netting fish, and it also helps limit the spread of disease between venues. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Extra long, grooved handle Non fish scaring, matt net frame Very deep net bag, for added security in fast water Easily transported for supreme mobility Full rubber net mesh Prevents hooks snagging Limits spread of diseases Hanging net clip

112

Q0396 EACH

Wychwood Game Nets

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Gye Net Our Gye net is a unique, robust net that has been designed specifically for UK salmon and sea-trout anglers. A one-handed-use, spreader block design has been developed to allow easy deployment of the net head when playing large fish under strain. When activated, the net head will slide down the shaft of the net, locating very easily and quickly into the netting position. Features a hexagonal aluminium net handle that ensures great strength when netting large fish. Laser-engraved graphics indicate to the angler a fish length/weight ratio guide*, which, when coupled with the non-knot mesh used throughout, helps promote and endorse catch and release. A unique, quick release, padded shoulder strap also aids the netting process and helps with long range transportation when travelling the river bank or wading in water. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quick-release, spreader block Deep yet strong, non knotted net mesh Easy-deploy shoulder strap UK salmon length/weight guide graphics Promotes catch and release Clothing clip Easy-grip, EVA hand grip Two sizes available: 51cm [20”] Sea-Trout Gye 61cm [24”] Salmon Gye

Q0365

51CM SEA TROUT NET

EACH

Q0366

61CM SALMON NET

EACH

113

*Data Source: England & Wales Environment Agency

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Hook-Hold Box Micro

NEW

〉〉 Precision Cut Black Silicone Bed 〉〉 International fly gauge measure featured on the rear 〉〉 Solid and secure hook holds on even the smallest of flies J8047 EACH

Hook-Hold Box Double Nymph

NEW

The Double Nymph Box has many precision cut slots in the black (stealth) silicone, so that you can carry all those essential nymphs for both still and running water fishing situations.

Wychwood Game Hook-Hold Boxes

The Micro fly box, is a small, compact unit which is great for housing those micro patterns, ones that may rarely see the light of day but that are crucial on those ‘technical occasions’.

〉〉 Precision Cut Black Silicone Bed 〉〉 International fly gauge measure featured on the rear 〉〉 Solid and secure hook holds on even the smallest of flies J8046 EACH

Hook-Hold Box The Duo

NEW

The Duo box combines slotted black (stealth) silicone with two magnetic trays, which can be used to house hackled dry flies and or beads, which can be used for additional weight for your nymphs. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Precision Cut Silicone Bed International fly gauge measure featured on the rear Solid and secure hook holds on even the smallest of flies Magnetic trays which are ideal for storing hackled dry flies

114

J8045 EACH

115

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgameâ&#x20AC;&#x192;instagram.com/wychwoodgame

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

VUEfinder Competition Fly Boxes The VUEfinder Competition box is capable of storing up to 1,000 flies with a unique locking clip design that allows competition fly anglers to measure selected flies to ensure they meet the International competition fishing regulations and standards.

Wychwood Game Fly Boxes

In addition to these unique features the Competition box is a clear-lid concept fly box that aids the correct selection of flies when stored alongside numerous other boxes in your luggage. The clear, high-density, Polycarbonate lids also provide fantastic durability, handling and water resistance when coupled with the rubber seals. They are available in three configurations, featuring double ripple, ripple/slot or double slot foam inserts to suit any of the fly angler’s demands. Available in several storage configurations: Double Ripple Foam Ripple / Slotted Foam Double Slotted Foam 〉〉 Dimensions: 43mm [d] x 210mm [h] x 300mm [w] J8021

DBL RIPPLE FOAM

EACH

J8022

DBL RIPPLE/SLOT FOAM

EACH

J8023

DBL SLOT FOAM

EACH

Ripple Foam

Slot Foam

VUEfinder Tube Fly Box The TUBES fly box has been designed to specifically meet the demands of the UK’s salmon and sea-trout anglers. Featuring multiple sized compartments it offers storage options that protect even the longest of flies. The underside of the box features compartments that aid in the storage and transit of hooks, weights, cones, whilst also providing two super-long compartments for flies up to 5.5” in length. The top side of the box features 5 equal compartments, all 3” in length. Here the most popular lengths of tube, double and treble flies can be stored with ease. All of the durable, high plastic walls create deep cavities for the flies preventing your selections from moving from one compartment to another when in transit.

Top compartments

Underside compartments

As an addition to the Vuefinder range this item also features our highly durable, Polycarbonate, clear lids, along with our waterproof, rubber seals. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed specifically for salmon/sea-trout flies Various compartment sizes High walls to prevent cross-contamination Deep cavities for protecting large hackles Dimensions: 90mm [d] x 43mm [h] x 150mm [w]

J1607 EACH

Top Side

116

Underside

Wychwood Game Fly Boxes

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

VUEfinder Fly Boxes The VUEfinder is the original, clear lid concept fly box, aiding the correct selection of flies when stored alongside numerous other boxes in your luggage. The clear, high density, Polycarbonate lids provide fantastic durability, handling and water resistance when coupled with the rubber seals. They are available in two sizes with various options of foam inserts to suit each angler’s demands and offer fantastic value for money. Available in several storage configurations: 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Double Dry Fly Compartment Ripple Foam / Dry Fly Compartment Slotted Foam / Dry Fly Compartment Double Ripple Foam Ripple / Slotted Foam Double Slotted Foam

117

Dimensions: 〉〉 Small: 75mm [d] x 40mm [h] x 125mm [w] 〉〉 Large: 90mm [d] x 43mm [h]x 150mm [w] J1601

SMALL DOUBLE

J1602

SMALL RIPPLE

EACH

J1603

SMALL SLOT

EACH

J8015

SMALL DBL RIPPLE FOAM

EACH

J8016

SMALL RIPPLE/SLOT FOAM

EACH

J8017

SMALL DBL SLOT FOAM

EACH

J1604

LARGE DOUBLE

EACH

J1605

LARGE RIPPLE

EACH

J1606

LARGE SLOT

EACH

J8018

LARGE DBL RIPPLE FOAM

EACH

J8019

LARGE RIPPLE/SLOT FOAM

EACH

J8020

LARGE DBL SLOT FOAM

EACH

Compartment 1

Compartment 2

Slot Foam

Ripple Foam

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Wychwood Game Fly Boxes

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

VUEfinder Flypatch Fly Box The VUEfinder Flypatch is an innovative approach to fly storage that can be worn by the angler, offering fast access to favoured flies and important tools. When clipped to any garment the clothing clip allows 360° fully rotational, rapid access to both the front and rear of this product. The front of the Flypatch is capable of storing up to 38 flies and is accessible via a unique locking clip design with one hand. When open the registered design of this item creates a workshelf area for the angler and is capable of ‘catching’ any flies that may fall out when in use. Inside the box are two magnetic ‘quick fix’ areas for flies when anglers are tying droppers or replacing flies. Housed on the rear of this product is a super-soft fleece for drying out drowned flies and a high-quality hook sharpener, which allows the angler to sharpen blunt hooks instantly. 〉〉 Dimensions: 25mm [d] x 80mm [h] x 80mm [w] J1608 EACH

Back

118

Front

Wychwood Game Fly Line

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Taking on board comments and ideas from some of the top names in the fishing industry about fly line functionality, over the last year, the Wychwood design team found three key areas that kept popping up in conversation. The vast majority of anglers were obsessed with casting distance, fly presentation and most importantly take detection. With its new ‘Connect Series’ of fly lines Wychwood has strived to ensure that all three points have been addressed effectively. 〉〉 A longer, and heavier front taper, which allows anglers to perform tight loops when casting so that good distances are easily achieved, means that more water can be covered with very little effort. 〉〉 The additives used during production of these PVC lines offer a slick coating and also help reduce line memory, offering ideal presentation in all fishing situations from close quarters work to targeting fish feeding at range.

〉〉 The core, made up of a braided nylon, offers the best of both worlds when it comes ‘feel’. It has enough stiffness to register those finicky, half-hearted tugs, yet it has a small amount of ‘give’ which ensures smash takes are easily avoided. 〉〉 Today’s modern angler now has a range of fly lines at their disposable which means that their quarry has nowhere to hide. All ‘Wychwood Fly Lines’ feature welded loops* at the ‘business’ end, once spooled you’re ‘ready to go’! *River Nympher has no welded loop.

Presentation Fly Line Profile

TAPER PROFILE/SPECIFICATION A

1’

8’

17’

8’

48’

2.4m

5.2m

2.4m

14.6m

Total Length 90’/27.4m

GRAIN WEIGHTS (grams*) #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 110

130

150

170

195

220

240

Distance Fly Line Profile

All sinking lines feature this profile.

TAPER PROFILE/SPECIFICATION A

2’

8.5’

14.5’

8.5’

56.5’

0.6m

2.6m

17.2m

Total Length 90’/27.4m

GRAIN WEIGHTS (grams*) #5

170

195

220

240

119

*All grain weights are apprx.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Feather Floater Technical Info: Presentation Taper – Super High Floating This is the ideal fly line for those tricky situations where optimum stealth is required. It’s constructed to ensure that you are able to deliver a fly, with ease and supreme delicacy, to spooky fish feeding on or near the surface of the water. The presentation taper allows for pin-point accuracy and the line’s make up and super buoyant core means it sits high on the water, perfect for fast lift off and also take detection.

J7123

EACH

J7124

EACH

J7125

EACH

J7126

EACH

J7127

EACH

Rocket Floater Technical Info: Distance Taper – Super High Floating

Wychwood Game Fly Line

Ideal for river fishing and still water situations where accuracy and delicate presentation of one or two flies is a must.

This line’s bullet-shaped taper will let you load the rod super-fast, allowing you to get that fly out where you want it with the minimum of fuss or disturbance. Distance casting is a handy tool to have in your armoury and this fly line is built for it. Those hard-to-reach fish, the one’s which always seem to be just out of range, are no longer hard to reach. A combination of the lines profile and the thin super-slick running line means that power casting is a breeze. For most of our modern day, stiffer-actioned fly rods, this is the ideal choice. Perfect for fishing from a drifting boat, or on the bank where ‘punching a line’ into a head wind is required. A great line for nymphing and also fishing with weighted lures.

J7128

EACH

J7129

EACH

J7130

EACH

J7131

EACH

Little Dipper Technical Info: Distance Taper – Super High Floating, with a 5ft tip section which sinks at 1.5 inches per second When the trout are not sure whether they want to be feeding on the top or just under, this versatile fly line lets you cover their moods. For fishing with a team of nymphs or buzzers the sink tip section on the Little Dipper is ideal. The additional weight of the tip allows you to anchor the fly line and this in turn offers far better presentation and indeed take detection. For early season river fishing applications, heavy nymphing, Spiders, down and across and of course Streamers, this line excels

J7132

EACH

J7133

EACH

J7134

EACH

120

Just the ticket when you need a line that crosses the floater, sinking line divide, offering great control from boat or bank.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Big Dipper Technical Info: Distance Taper – Super High Floating, with a 10ft tip section which sinks at 1.5 inches per second Here’s a fly line that can make all the difference on those days when the trout are loathe to rise, yet are happy to cruise subsurface. The Big Dipper is and ‘in between line’ which is ideal for presenting your flies, with maximum control, in that ‘critical zone’ the top few feet of water where most of the trout’s feeding takes place. The longer, sinking tip section, offers even more angles for the flies to fish than the shorter Little Dipper, it will also get that little deeper down in the water column, should you need it to.

Wychwood Game Fly Line

For early season river fishing applications, heavy nymphing, Spiders, down and across and when it comes to presenting Streamers, the Big Dipper reigns supreme.

J7135

EACH

J7134

EACH

J7136

EACH

The Hoverer Technical Info: Distance Taper - Super Slow Sink Rate, 1-inch per second Since the advent of modern ‘loch style’ techniques a fly line that has the ability to fish and present your flies just under the surface of the water has been a must. The Hoverer has the ability to hold your flies in the zone for far longer due to its’ very slow sink rate. For effective nymphing and of course presenting lures just sub surface, this fly line takes some beating. The fact you can retrieve a lure on a level plane, which most fish find irresistible, makes this line stand out from the crowd. From the top of the water to the bottom, if your nymphing or pulling lures and whether you choose to fish from boat or bank, you need this line.

J7138

EACH

J7139

EACH

J7140

EACH

Ghost Intermediate Technical Info: Distance Taper - Intermediate Sink Rate, 1.5-inches a second This is the ultimate fly line for most stillwater fishing techniques, and it’s make up and colour means that it does not spook fish unlike other, brighter intermediate fly lines. Like the Hoverer this line’s make up means that fishing your flies on that level plane becomes very easy to achieve. At the same time by mixing up the retrieve rates you decide where in the water column your flies are presented, you have optimum control.

121

A superb all-rounder this line has the ability to enhance your catch rate in all manner of stillwater fishing situations.

J7141

EACH

J7142

EACH

J7143

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Mid-Zone Technical Info: Distance Taper - Medium Sink Rate, 3-inches per second For maintaining a good fishable depth, whether you choose to fish with lures or the more imitative approach, the Low Zone line will be key to your success. The steady sink rate means that you will be able to keep your flies mid water, where most people believe fish frequent, for longer. An ideal choice for fishing teams of flies throughout the water column, use a fast retrieve for the surface layers and slow steady figure-of-eight, for deeper work when the trout are loathe to venture up.

J7144

EACH

J7145

EACH

J7146

EACH

Low-Zone Technical Info: Distance Taper – Fast Sink Rate, 5-inches per second This is the ideal fly line for getting those flies down that little bit deeper but at a manageable speed. Even with large less wind-resistant flies its front weighted profile can punch them out with ease. For early season bank work on reservoirs and small stillwaters this should be the go-to line for presenting your lures. It can also a do a good job when it comes to fishing buzzers, by placing a buoyant fly on the point you can cover a great deal of water in no time at all, and find that crucial ‘taking’ depth.

Wychwood Game Fly Line

This is the perfect small stillwater sinking line, which will work extremely well when it comes to fishing everything from nymphs to lures.

This is a line that’s tuned to fishing large lures or even teams of flies at depth with very little effort. J7147

EACH

J7148

EACH

J7149

EACH

Deck-Zone Technical Info: Distance Taper – Fast Sink Rate, 7-inches per second The Deck Zone is for those occasions when the trout are hugging the lakebed and just won’t budge. When you are in a hurry to get those flies down where it matters, you’ll need it! It sinks like a brick, there’s no time wasting, it gets to where you want it fast. Lure fishing is its forte with Boobies being one of the best fly choices, this combination allows you tease those fish into taking by getting the flies right in their faces, right on the deck. Don’t discount this type of line for presenting buzzers, vertically in deep water in the heat of summer. For the reservoir angler and anyone that has access to deep water, the Deck Zone is an essential line to have in your possession. J7150

EACH

J7151

EACH

J7152

EACH

River Nympher Technical Info: Ultra Delicate Taper -Super Thin Running Line The advent of modern nymphing techniques from the continent call for very light lines and the River Nympher features a very fine taper, which means it lands on the surface like thistle down, it has a tiny 0.75mm diameter In low water situations this line is a godsend, allowing you to get up close and personal with your quarry. Whether you choose to target individual fish or you need to search the water ‘blind’, the River Nympher offer you the optimum in presentation and control. The ultimate fly line for all manner of river fishing applications, where delicacy is required, there’s no better fly line. 〉〉 For rods with a line rating from 2-4WF EACH

122

J7153

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Energy Taper Connect Series Fly Lines

NEW

The Energy taper series of fly lines is the next chapter in the growing Wychwood Connect Series. All the lines follow a similar profile, with a prominent front taper and short rear, a taper designed to allow most rods to load effectively and quickly. Dual colours, effectively demonstrate to angler’s when the belly is out of the tip ring and the rod correctly loaded, ready for the final forward cast. These lines feature a full 40-yard length!

Wychwood Game Fly Line

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Long front taper and short rear taper, designed with distance casting in mind. Dual colourway assists with rod loading accuracy and distance casting Super-slick coating Sizes: 6-wt, 7-wt, 8-wt Welded front loop

J7154

ROCKET FLOATER

6-WT

EACH

J7155

ROCKET FLOATER

7-WT

EACH

J7156

ROCKET FLOATER

8-WT

EACH

J7157 HOVERER

6-WT EACH

J7158 HOVERER

7-WT EACH

J7159 HOVERER

8-WT EACH

J7160

GHOST INTERMEDIATE

6-WT

EACH

J7161

GHOST INTERMEDIATE

7-WT

EACH

J7162

GHOST INTERMEDIATE

8-WT

EACH

Distance Rocket Floater

123

Floating Fly Line

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Distance Hoverer

Slow Intermediate Fly Line

Distance Ghost Intermediate

Fast Intermediate Fly Line

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Leaders and Tippets

Camo Mode Tapered Leader

Ghost Mode Tapered Leader

These are very high quality nylon tapered leaders designed for the river angler. For river fishing applications the camo mode leaders blend in and work well when fishing nymphs, dead drift or down and across, they also work well with dry flies.

These are very high quality nylon tapered leaders made up which come in popular lengths and breaking strains.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Unique mottled colouration High quality nylon extrusion Superb linear strength High abrasion resistance Extremely supple Pack of 5

Ghost mode is clear and a good choice no matter where you fish. Low refractive index Superb linear strength High abrasion resistance Extremely supple Pack of 5

J3228

4LB 9FT

5 PACK

J3222

4LB 9FT

5 PACK

J3229

6LB 9FT

5 PACK

J3223

6LB 9FT

5 PACK

J3230

8LB 9FT

5 PACK

J3225

4LB 12FT

5 PACK

J3226

6LB 12FT

5 PACK

J3227

8LB 12FT

5 PACK

Lure Mode Fluorocarbon 50m Tippet

Ghost Mode Fluorocarbon 50m Tippet

This material is robust, just what you need when you’re pulling large flies, trying to provoke an aggressive take, and has terrific linear and knot strength. Fluorocarbon has very little in the way of a refractive index and as such it is very difficult to see when submerged, so is the ideal choice for most.

This tippet material extremely supple and yet still very strong despite its thin diameter. As such this is the ideal choice for anyone wishing to present nymphs or dry flies in natural manner. Being fluorocarbon and very thin it’s near invisible in water, this combined with its strength means that fishy aren’t spooked or indeed lost High abrasion resistance

〉〉 Extremely good value for money 〉〉 Superb linear strength and knot strength 〉〉 High abrasion resistance 〉〉 Low stretch 〉〉 Impressive sinking properties 〉〉 Ideal for all manner of lure and nymph fishing 〉〉 Pack of 5

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

J3208

3LB

J3209

Super Supple Low stretch Excellent linear and knot strength Impressive sinking properties Ideal for all manner of nymph and dry fly fishing Pack of 5

J3213

3LB

5 PACK

J3214

5LB

5 PACK

J3215

6LB

5 PACK

5LB

5 PACK

J3216

8LB

5 PACK

J3210

6LB

5 PACK

J3217

9LB

5 PACK

J3211

8LB

5 PACK

J3218

10LB

5 PACK

J3212

10LB

5 PACK

NEW

This wychwood multipolymer offers distinct advantages over other leader materials. Being a copolymer means that it is far softer than fluorocarbon or indeed nylon monofilament, it is also thin, and this allows you to fish with confidence when using small dry flies or indeed nymphs. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High abrasion resistance Superb strength to diameter Premium quality multipolymer Supple with a thin diameter Colour coded spool band

J3231

2.3LB 50M

EACH

J3232

3.4LB 50M

EACH

J3233

4.4LB 50M

EACH

J3234

5.5LB 50M

EACH

J3235

6.5LB 50M

EACH

J3236

7.8LB 50M

EACH

J3237

10.2LB 50M

EACH

124

Silk Mode Tippet

Wychwood Game Leaders/Tippets

Leaders and tippets are the most popular ‘must have’ items in fly fishing, behind flies that is and as such they should be selected with care. Our new Connect Series has been designed so that all fishing situations can be addressed effectively without any compromise. Remember diameter is key with fluorocarbon selection and not breaking strain.

facebook.com/wychwoodgame twitter.com/wychwoodgame instagram.com/wychwoodgame

Bugging Braid A high performance braid tippet for tactical river fishing When you are looking for the ultimate in take detection when targeting winter grayling, you need the non-stretch properties of braid. Not only does this high quality braid allow you to feel everything that is going on under the water, it has been modified so that it visually, ticks all the boxes. The bright yellow braid means the line stands out against any background and the colours black banding at short one foot intervals allows you to see any takes.

Wychwood Game Backing

For close quarters control there is no better or more visual way of presenting your flies near the riverbed. 〉〉 30lb high quality bradied leader 〉〉 Featursa seamless micro ring for easy tippet attachment and a double surgeon’s loop knot for fly line connection 〉〉 Ultra High Modulus Polyethylene 〉〉 High contrast banded braid 〉〉 Easy to see take detection 〉〉 No stretch 〉〉 Superb strength 〉〉 High abrasion resistance J0580

5 PACK

Connect Series 20lb Backing Fine dacron backing in 20lb test breaking strain, making this product ideal for backing on fly reels from #5 - #8 weight class. Predominantly used on stillwater trout fishing reel set ups. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

New designed packaging Perfect for trout reels Made from Dacron High quality, braided backing Available in White or Hi-Viz Orange 100m spools

J0700

20LB WHITE

5 PACK

J0701

20LB ORANGE

5 PACK

J0702

20LB WHITE (BULK 1000M)

EACH

Connect Series 30lb Backing - 200m FOur strongest, Dacron backing is perfect for use on any salmon saltwater class set ups. This 30lb backing is available in 200m spools for those longer running fish!

125

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

New designed packaging Perfect for salmon reels Made from Dacron High quality, braided backing Available in White or Hi-Viz Orange 200m spools

J0703

30LB WHITE

5 PACK

J0704

30LB ORANGE

5 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodgame.co.uk

Wrist Support The Wychwood Wrist Support is a super addition to any angler’s armoury, it not only supports angler’s wrist, while casting but it also helps them cast further and catch more fish.

Simply slip the support on and when casting tuck the butt of your fly rod into the cuff. When casting the rod butt will tension the cuff, with your hand acting as a pivot, and pull the rod back into an upright position, allowing your fly line to load the rod faster, resulting in longer, more controlled casts. Not only is it comfortable and a great aid when casting it alleviates strain on the wrist. This handy little neoprene cuff, goes a long way in making a day on the water far more enjoyable. Q1138

5 PACK

Fly Line Tray Lightweight, pre-formed, fly line tray to prevent your running line from snagging. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Manufactured from PVC mesh with stiffened frame Excellent drainage and extremely comfortable to use throughout the day Essential for fishing sinking lines when wading Adjustable waist belt 2 elasticated pouch pockets Stowaway, easy-pack-down design

Wychwood Game Accessories

Manufactured from a hard wearing neoprene, the stretch properties inherent in this material allows for far better control when casting.

H1275 EACH

Car Seat Protector A single, protective cover designed to fit most driver and passenger vehicle seating configurations. This water-resistant and dirt-resistant cover ensures your car furniture remains undamaged when fast access between locations is required in soiled fishing clothing. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

One size fits all Water-resistant protection Protection against dirt/grime Easy to deploy & secure Stowaway, easy-pack-down design

126

H9140 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Performance Levels To Satisfy The Most Discerning Angler. Having been on the carp fishing scene since 1989, Wychwood has learnt a thing or two about rods along the way. Our lifetime of experience and knowledge has allowed us to create something truly special with the 301.

Wychwood Carp Rods

Utilising Wychwood’s Multi-Layer Technology, a slimmed mandrel and custom spaced rings, we’ve developed a rapid action blank that provides the ultimate balance between casting power and playing performance. Finished in a 1k carbon weave, custom whippings, Sea Guide SIC rings, Fuji reel hoods and a high-grade cork/EVA handle options; we’ve left no room for compromise and have ensured that the details of the C-301 have been engineered to exceed the best. Throughout their development and since we launched the original cork handle versions in 2014 they have accounted for a number of big fish across the UK including several 40’s for Nigel Sharp, Jon McAllister and Nick Helleur.

〉〉 High grade cork/EVA handle options available 〉〉 Multi-Layer Technology 〉〉 Rapid action blank 〉〉 High quality Japanese sourced carbon construction 〉〉 1k Carbon weave finish 〉〉 Fuji reel hood fittings 〉〉 Sea Guide custom-spaced fittings 〉〉 Laser engraved butt cap 〉〉 Carbon finish line clip 〉〉 50mm butt ring (40mm on 2.75lb models) 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

Cork Handle

127

A0150

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

EVA Handle 2.75LB

EACH

A0153

2.75LB

EACH

A0151 3LB EACH

A0154 3LB

A0152 3.25LB EACH

A0155 3.25LB EACH

EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Luxury doesn't have to cost the earth... The 201 series from Wychwood comprises of the perfect balance between finesse and power. Setting a new benchmark for its class, the 201 series boasts incredible power for improved casting, contrasted with a forgiving playing action to reduce hook pulls and help you land more fish.

Wychwood Carp Rods

The luxurious combination of 3k and 1k carbon weave finish and all-black detailing provides the look and feel of a high-end rod that’s easily accessible to a wide audience of anglers.

〉〉 High grade cork/EVA handle options available 〉〉 Multi-Layer Technology 〉〉 Parabolic action blank 〉〉 Japanese sourced carbon construction 〉〉 3k/1k carbon weave finish 〉〉 Blacked screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Blacked Sea Guide Rings 〉〉 Laser engraved butt cap 〉〉 Line clip 〉〉 50mm butt ring (40mm on 2.75lb models) 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

EVA Handle

A0239 2.75LB EACH

A0234 2.75LB EACH

A0240 3LB

A0235 3LB

EACH

A0241 3.25LB EACH

A0236 3.25LB EACH

A0242 3.5LB EACH

A0237 3.5LB EACH A0238

3.5LB 13FT

EACH

128

Cork Handle

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Ultimate Power and Performance Budget should never be a compromise when choosing a rod - say hello to the 101, a range of rods that perfectly balance power and high-performance without the hefty price tag.

Wychwood Carp Rods

Our entry level 101 range has been specifically engineered, utilising Wychwood’s Multi-Layer Technology, to provide anglers with an extremely powerful casting rod that’s complimented by a sensitive tip to enhance playing action and reduce hook pulls. The 101’s have achieved casting distances up to 197 yards when we put them in the hands of a tournament casting champion in the late stages of their development and have accounted for many new PBs for anglers across the UK since we launched the original cork handle versions in 2014.

〉〉 High grade cork, EVA handle and Full Shrink Wrap handle options available 〉〉 Multi-Layer Technology 〉〉 Semi-fast action blank 〉〉 Japanese sourced carbon construction 〉〉 High modulus matt finish 〉〉 Gunmetal screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Gunmetal trim rings 〉〉 Laser engraved butt cap 〉〉 Line clip 〉〉 50mm butt ring (40mm on 2.75lb models) 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

Cork Handle

EVA Handle

A0131 2.75LB EACH

A0135

A0132 3LB

A0136 3LB

EACH

2.75LB

Full Shrink Handle EACH

A0195

EACH

A0196 3LB

2.75LB

EACH EACH

A0133 3.25LB EACH

A0137 3.25LB EACH

A0197 3.25LB EACH

A0134 3.5LB EACH

A0138 3.5LB EACH

A0198 3.5LB EACH

129

*197 yrds 3.25lb, 3lb 190 yrds, 2.75lb 185yrds and 2.5lb 180yrds have been achieved.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Wychwood Carp Rods

When getting up close and personal is your thing...

〉〉 Choose your handle, available in cork or EVA 〉〉 Built without compromise 〉〉 Unrivalled balance, power and performance 〉〉 Uplocking screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Custom spaced LS braid-friendly TS rings 〉〉 Line-clip on 9ft and 10ft models 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

Cork Handle A8020 6FT

EACH

A8021 9FT

EACH

A8022 10FT EACH

EVA Handle A8024 6FT

EACH

A8026 9FT

EACH

A8028 10FT EACH

Dispatch M1-S1 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Built without compromise Multi-Layer Technology to increase feature-finding attributes Custom-spaced rings for optimum casting Full Japanese abbreviated handle Gunmetal reel seat Lifetime warranty policy

S1 - Designed to propel a spod a great distance

A0455

DISPATCH S1

EACH

A0456

DISPATCH M1

EACH

130

M1 - Micro-measure on blank for accurate depth finding

facebook.com/wychwoodcarpâ&#x20AC;&#x192;youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarpâ&#x20AC;&#x192;instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Riot Rods Wychwood Carp Rods

Our awesome new Riot range of entry level Carp Rods offer exceptional value for money while giving you performance, power and reliability.

A comprehensive range of rods including 9ft, 10ft, 12ft lengths in varying test curves and styles. They have been tested and designed to suit the majority of modern day carp angling styles. The 12ft versions incorporate 50mm ringing and progressive casting actions. There is also a Utility rod available for all of your bait deliverance and marker needs. The 9ft and 10ft versions have been designed with the short to medium range angler in mind. Whether you are targeting canals, rivers or small waters; these rods are sure to make your intimate angling approach even more enjoyable.

131

Complete with custom guide spacing and anti-frap tip rings, these rods are available in Full slim Cork or EVA handle options.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Wychwood Carp Rods

NEW

〉〉 Slim, lightweight matt black carbon fibre blank with progressive casting action. 〉〉 Double leg black guides and anti-frap tip. 〉〉 50mm butt guide on 12ft models 〉〉 Full slim Cork and EVA options available 〉〉 Fold friendly ringing pattern 〉〉 Black DPS reel seat 〉〉 Line friendly clip 〉〉 Black anodised laser etched butt cap 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

Full Slim Cork Handle

Full Slim EVA Handle

A0250 9FT 2.75LB EACH

A0254

A0251 10FT 3LB

EACH

A0255 10FT 3LB

EACH

A0252 12FT 3.25LB EACH

A0256 12FT 3LB

EACH

A0253 12FT 3.5LB EACH

A0257 12FT 3.25LB EACH

2.75LB

Full Shrink Handle EACH

A0289

UTILITY

EACH

132

9FT

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Wychwood Carp Rods

Extricator Plus

NEW

Following on from our ever popular Extricator range of rods, we have decided to offer an upgraded option with all the bells and whistles. These rods are not only a thing of beauty, they will also perform to the highest of expectations. Produced from a high-grade modulus 40T carbon blank and featuring anti-frap low profile minima style guides, these are beautifully balanced tools. A unique, ergonomic PU handle design with subtle branding give these a real ‘custom’ feel. This is a hard-wearing material that has been tested to the extreme and offers superior grip comfort in all conditions. 〉〉 Multi-Layer Technology 〉〉 3k/1k Carbon weave finish 〉〉 Fuji reel seat 〉〉 Low profile, anti-frap guides 〉〉 Unique PU handle 〉〉 Lifetime warranty policy

A0240 9FT

EACH

133

A0241 10FT EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

134

PLUS

Wychwood Carp Rods

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Wychwood Predator Rods

Join the...

Drop Shot

Revolution

Perfect balance with an incredible responsive tip, for light super-finesse drop shot fishing. Superb reserve power in the butt section, to help land a wide range of specimen fish. 〉 High modulus matt finish no-flash blank 〉 Abbreviated duplon handle with 3k carbon weave 〉 Braid friendly triple leg rings 〉 Gunmetal trim rings and laser engraved butt cap 〉 Lifetime rod policy

135

A2200 A2201 A2202 A2203

6’3” 2-14 grm 7’3” 3-18 grm 8’3” 3-20grm 9’ 5-24grm

EACH EACH EACH EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Wychwood Predator Rods

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Your Perfect Predator Rod Range This range of rods covers all aspects of predator fishing and performs faultlessly. Whether you are casting big deadbaits or just flicking small lures then this range has it covered. All constructed with our MLT Multi-Layer Technology you can be assured they are resilient and perform for maximum enjoyment. Built without compromise High modulus, matt finish, no-flash blank Braid-friendly triple leg rings Hook-keeper ring for convenience when moving Gunmetal trim rings and laser engraved butt cap Full cork handle with screw-lock reel seat Lifetime rod policy

A9141

BAIT 12FT 3LB

EACH

A9140

BAIT 10FT 6" 3.5LB

EACH

A9142

BAIT 10FT 2.75LB

EACH

A9143

LURE 9FT 60-10G

EACH

A9144

LURE 8FT 20-60G

EACH

A9145

LURE 7FT 20-60G

EACH

A9146

JIG 9FT 20-50G

EACH

136

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

A Classic Reinvented

137

Wychwood Reels

Riot Big Pit 65S/75S

Based on the best-selling, tried and trusted Riot Big-Pit reel, the Riot 65S and 75S is an uncompromising distance reel for anglers who need every last yard tackling big venues across the globe. The Riot 65S and 75S is solidly engineered with casting potential that far surpasses the competition. The full package comes complete with a spare, understated, matt black aluminium tapered spool for optimum distance casting. The Riot S is an instant cult classic and looks just as good as it performs. 〉〉 5+1 bearing 〉〉 Over-sized main shaft ensures huge cranking power 〉〉 Micro-pitch, multi-disk drag 〉〉 Anti-twist line roller 〉〉 True matt black finish 〉〉 Spare aluminium tapered spool 〉〉 ACS line clip C0875

RIOT 65S

EACH

C0880

RIOT 75S

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Dispatch 7500 Reel 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Bail arm lock - reduces ‘crack-offs’ Large, wide spool 4.3:1 gearing for torque Over 1m+ of line retrieved with one handle turn Drag enables reel to be used for spod or marker work Strengthened main gearing Ready loaded with 200m of 30lb braid Weight 675g

Exorcist Reel

〉〉 Reduced body size, casting-optimised, aluminium spool, perfect line lay, reduced inertia front drag, micro-adjustable freespin, instant antireverse,, over-sized main shaft, 11 ball bearing, over-sized line roller, machined aluminium handle, line-friendly spool clip, 320m 15lb

Wychwood Reels

C0540 EACH

C0901 EACH

Riot Big Pit Reel 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

5 + 1 Bearing drive Over-sized main shaft ensures huge cranking power Micro-pitch, multi-disk drag, iInstant anti-reverse Over-sized line roller Spare graphite spool

C0042

RIOT 65

EACH

C0043

RIOT 75

EACH

138

Riot 65 〉〉 Line diameter capacity 0.35 - 340m | 0.45 - 230m | 0.50 - 185m Weight: 550g Riot 75 〉〉 Line diameter capacity 0.35 - 420m | 0.40 - 350m | 0.45 - 250m Weight: 675g

139

Wychwood Reels

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

5000FD

NEW

Sporting its clean, understated, retro looks with a matte black magnesium body, chrome coloured spool and dark wooden handle; this reel doesn’t just perform to the highest of standards – it also looks the part. Cosmetics aside, this reel is also fitted with all the features that you will have come to expect from a reel in a much higher price bracket. One complete turn of the micro-pitch multi-disc drag takes the Extricator 5000FD from free spool tension to a fighting drag. It is exceptionally smooth and has remarkable cranking power. It has also been tested to the extreme and has proven to offer incredible durability. 〉〉 Micro-pitch, multi-disc drag 〉〉 Anti-twist line roller +1 〉〉 Magnesium body 〉〉 Matte Black Finish 9 〉〉 Aluminium spool 〉〉 Dark wooden handle 〉〉 Line capacity - 0.28 /300m - 0.30/237m - 0.35/173m

Wychwood Reels

This compact reel offers the casting benefits of a large spool and cliniclal line lay, yet remains brilliantly compact – ideal for stalking, surface fishing and all close to medium range work. Not only will this be a perfect companion to our Extricator range of rods it will also suit a specialist anglers needs. The ultimate multi-purpose front drag reel at an incredibly competitive price.

4.8:1

C0131 EACH

Spare Spools C0136 SILVER EACH

140

C0137 BLACK EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

MHR MKII Wychwood Shelters/Bivvies

Brolly Range

NEW One of our best-selling products has just got better. The ever-popular range of HD MHR Brolly’s have undergone a makeover and we are confident the new MKII range will become a trade favourite with the number of significant upgrades made. The original range was developed alongside some of the most influential anglers in the UK and has become a firm favourite since its launch. With this in mind, we were keen not to change too many aspects but rather listen to the end user and incorporate some features that will keep the products as market leaders. Both models will feature rear mozzy mesh vents to ensure maximum airflow in the warmer months. They will also incorporate multiple pegging points, reinforced rib retainers and a protective bell cap. Independant rear mozzy mesh vents Protective, water tight bell cap Multiple pegging points Reinforced rib retainers 10,000mm hydrostatic head HD ripstop material Unique internal storage pockets Rod retainer straps Neoprene storm pole caps Supplied with 2 x 24inch storm poles (System also comes supplied with 2 x 36” storm poles) 〉〉 4 storm caps 〉〉 Heavy duty pegs and groundsheet 〉〉 Wychwood's 5-year warranty*

141

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

MHR MKII Brolly System

NEW

The MHR MKII brolly system has been designed for the angler who wishes to use one shelter all year round. The convenience of the quick erect umbrella style mechanism coupled with an all-encompassing multi door system means you can convert your short stay shelter into a true ‘home from home’ Sporting all of the common features that our original range boasted, we have included some significant upgrades.

Other new features include; independant rear mozzy mesh vents to ensure maximum airflow in the warmer months. Multiple pegging points, a water-tight protective bell cap and a unique central vent that helps eliminate condensation. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Independant rear mozzy mesh vents Multi door system Protective, water tight bell cap Condensation vent Multiple pegging points Oversized, heavy duty carry bag with full zip Reinforced rib retainers 10,000mm hydrostatic head HD ripstop material Flexi rib retention system Unique internal storage pockets Rod retainer straps Neoprene storm pole caps Supplied with 2 x 24inch storm poles and 2 x 36” storm poles 〉〉 4 storm caps 〉〉 Heavy duty pegs and groundsheet 〉〉 Wychwood's 5-year warranty Q0440

Wychwood Shelters/Bivvies

The MKII system will include a new multi-door system enabling you to use the panels in a variety of different formats. We have increased the size of the mozzy windows to give you a less restricted view from inside your shelter.

EACH

DEPTH mm

HEIGHT mm

WIDTH mm

SYSTEM

BROLLY

1650

1290

2500

10kg

6kg

*All weights and dimensions are approximate

MHR MKII Brolly

NEW

The MHR MK11 60” Brolly is our standard sized brolly that has been designed with the mobile angler in mind. Already packed with unique features, we decided to add some additional updates such as rear vents and multiple pegging points. The unique extended internal skirt and internal storage pockets enable you to fish comfortably without the need of a heavy groundsheet. It’s these carefully thought out design features that have led to the popularity of this range amongst anglers that wish to take the compact, mobile approach without wishing to compromise shelter coverage and comfort. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Independant rear mozzy mesh vents Protective, water tight bell cap Reinforced rib retainers Oversized roll-top bag 10,000mm hydrostatic head HD ripstop material. Unique internal storage pockets Unique extended internal skirt Rod retainer straps. Neoprene storm pole caps. Supplied with 2 x 24inch storm poles. 4 storm caps Heavy duty pegs and groundsheet Wychwood's 5-year warranty

Q0441

EACH

DEPTH mm

HEIGHT mm

WIDTH mm

BROLLY

1650

1290

2500

6kg

142

*All weights and dimensions are approximate

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Wychwood Shelters/Bivvies

HD MHR Brolly

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

10,000mm hydrostatic head all-new HD ripstop material Unique MHR central boss system 2-part flexi rib stabiliser Internal storage pockets Wychwood’s multi-door system Supplied with 2 storm poles Storm pole and flexi rib retention system Aluminium pegging points Rod retainer straps Neoprene storm pole caps Wychwood’s 5-year warranty Full system weight 8.9kg Weight of brolly and storm poles 5.5kg

DEPTH mm HEIGHT mm WIDTH mm 1650

1290

2500

SYSTEM

BROLLY

8.9kg

5.5kg

143

Q0450 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

HD MHR Compact Brolly

HD MHR Brolly

Taking mobility to the next level, the MHR Compact is the ultimate in lightweight brollies

The HD MHR Brolly has been developed with some of the country’s most influential anglers and has been designed with the mobile angler in mind.

The 50” oval is packed full of practical features that will enhance your fishing experience and it comes with Wychwood’s exclusive 5-year warranty. The central boss sits much higher than conventional brollies and provides a spacious amount of head room. We’ve also incorporated an internal storage solution in the form of our rib pockets so that you can store your essentials in hand’s reach and the internal skirt has been extended at the back of the brolly to allow a place for luggage items when being used without a groundsheet 〉〉 50" max rib length 〉〉 10,000mm hydrostatic head all-new HD rip-stop material 〉〉 Unique MHR central boss system 〉〉 Internal storage pockets 〉〉 Extended internal skirt 〉〉 Supplied with 2 storm poles 〉〉 Heavy duty ¾ groundsheet 〉〉 Aluminium pegging points 〉〉 Rod retainer straps 〉〉 Neoprene storm pole caps 〉〉 Wychwood’s 5-year warranty 〉〉 Packed weight 5kg 〉〉 Brolly and storm poles weight 3kg Q0456

We’ve also incorporated an internal storage solution in the form of our rib pockets so that you can store your essentials in hand’s reach and the internal skirt has been extended at the back of the brolly to allow a place for luggage items when being used without a groundsheet. 〉〉 10,000mm hydrostatic head all-new HD ripstop material 〉〉 Unique MHR central boss system 〉〉 Internal storage pockets 〉〉 Extended internal skirt 〉〉 Supplied with 2 storm poles 〉〉 Heavy duty ¾ groundsheet 〉〉 Aluminium pegging points 〉〉 Rod retainer straps 〉〉 Neoprene storm pole caps 〉〉 Wychwood’s 5-year warranty 〉〉 Packed weight 6kg 〉〉 Brolly and storm poles weight 3.75kg Q0455

EACH

DEPTH mm HEIGHT mm WIDTH mm 1240

This 60” oval is packed full of practical features that will enhance your fishing experience and it comes with Wychwood’s exclusive 5-year warranty. The central boss sits much higher than conventional brollies and provides a spacious amount of head room.

1290

2450

BROLLY

DEPTH mm HEIGHT mm WIDTH mm

5kg

1650

1290

2500

BROLLY 6kg

MHR Overwraps

MHR Full Groundsheets

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

10,000mm Hydrostatic head Aluminum pegging points Rod retainer straps Letter box front Mossy mesh under panel Drawstring carry bag Compatible with our Compact MHR Brolly Wychwood’s 5-year warranty

Q0457 MHR

Wychwood Shelters/Bivvies

Similar to its bigger counterpart, the MHR Compact has been designed to create the ultimate mobile shelter.

Heavy duty wipe clean groundsheet Velcro fixing points Compatible with our Compact MHR brolly Wychwood’s 5-year warranty

Q0459 MHR

EACH

Q0460 COMPACT EACH

EACH

144

Q0458 COMPACT EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

tactical

NEW

Wychwood Carp Tarp

CARP TARP

The Wychwood Tactical Carp Tarp is a true multi-purpose product. Produced from the same 10,000mm waterproof rip-stop material as our popular MHR range of shelters; it can be used to protect either you and your tackle from the elements. Velcro loop fastenings around all four sides means it can be secured as a bedchair cover, keeping your sleeping bag protected from dampness. The extended skirt also prevents draft getting underneath your sleeping arrangement. Alternatively, this product can be used as traditional military style shelter. Reinforced webbing loops on each corner can be used with storm poles or banksticks to elevate in multiple ways. Ideal for the angler wishing to stay extremely mobile and sleep under the stars. The oversized design allows this to be used as a giant barrow cover or an emergency ground sheet to stay dry. Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

10,000mm hydrostatic head HD ripstop material Reinforced webbing fabric loops, positioned around all sides Bankstick / storm poles slots in all four corners 4 heavy duty pegs 5m of reflective cord Dimensions – 1500mm x 2500mm

145

H2403 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Wychwood Bedchairs

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

210T windproof Breathable

Waterproof Outer

Morpheus ULTRA 7 Tested to -15˚c heat-regulating materials for all-year-round comfort 210T wind-proof, waterproof, breathable honeycomb ripstop outer shell Differential cut: allows insulation to loft to its full potential to maximise the trapped insulated air. Offset, double layer construction Hydrophobic, treated HQ700 fibre, 7 chamber siliconised hollow fibre insulation 3D hood with multi-cord closure Internal pockets Insulated, crash zip baffles Integrated pillow stuff sack Size: 2400mm [l] x 950mm [w]

H2400 EACH

Hydrophobic HQ700 Hydrophobic treated HQ700 fibre insulation, 7 chamber siliconised hollow fibre material. An increased loft and 7 air chambers trap more air for greater instulation.

146

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Tactical Flatbed Wychwood’s Tactical Flatbeds have been designed to bring you the perfect balance of style, comfort and practicability. With three sizes to choose from, there’s a bedchair to suit the needs of every angler.

Compact

Wychwood Chairs

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2000mm[l] x 780mm [w] 6.5kg Aluminium Frame Padded pillow Fleece-lined mattress Non-stretch side fixings to reduce sag Flat profile for total comfort Quick and easy to set-up/pack down

Q5010 EACH

Standard 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2150mm [l] x 860mm [w] 7kg Aluminium Frame Padded pillow Fleece-lined mattress Non-stretch side fixings to reduce sag Flat profile for total comfort Quick and easy to set-up/pack down

Q5011 EACH

Wide 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

2150mm [l] x 1000mm [w] 7.5kg Aluminium Frame Padded pillow Fleece-lined mattress Non-stretch side fixings to reduce sag Flat profile for total comfort Quick and easy to set-up/pack down

Q5012 EACH

Comforter 〉〉 An ultra-strong three-leg, steel frame bedchair 〉〉 Padded mattress made from 1280 denier cordura 〉〉 Built in pillow 〉〉 Large mud feet to stop sinking in wet conditions 〉〉 Fully adjustable legs 〉〉 Soft-touch wheel handles

147

Q6081 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Chairs Perfectly designed for all anglers, the range of chairs gives the ultimate in strength, adjustability and comfort. Each chair in the range has 4 adjustable legs fitted with swivel mud feet incorporating Wychwood’s unique integral arm system giving maximum stability when getting on or off the chair. The chairs all have a large-sized seating area with padded back and seat mattresses, giving the angler maximum comfort. Each chair folds flat for easy transport and storage and is backed up by Wychwood’s 5 year extended manufacturer’s warranty.

Wychwood Waterproof Clothing

Comforter Low Chair

Comforter Recliner

Comforter High Leg

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wychwood’s unique, integral arm system Four adjustable legs with swivel mud feet Large-sized seating area Padded back and seat mattress Folds flat for easy transport Rear leg can be folded for use on sloping banks Weighs 4.75kg

Q0231 EACH

Wychwood’s unique, integral arm system Four adjustable legs with swivel mud feet Large-sized seating area Padded back and seat mattress Reclining system built into arms Folds flat for easy transport Weighs 4.75kg

Q6034 EACH

Wychwood’s unique, integral arm system Four adjustable legs with swivel mud feet Large-sized seating area Padded back and seat mattress Folds flat for easy transport High back seating position Weighs 4.75kg

Q0227 EACH

Extremis Chair

Signature Chair

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Wooden arm supports for comfort Adjustable legs with mud feet Padded, durable cover Folds flat for easy carrying

High-strength, steel frame Four adjustable legs with swivel mud feet Compact design perfect for the roving angler Padded back and seat mattress Weighs 4kg

Q5076 EACH

148

Q6093A EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Parka

Wychwood Waterproof Clothing

The inspiration behind this all-encompassing winter jacket has been based on the retro styling from the traditional Parka, coupled with updated design in a performance fabric to create the ultimate winter outwear piece. Its longer length and insulated body deliver warmth and protection that far surpasses the competition. At the very heart of our design process on this piece we aimed to deliver a garment that was manufactured to thrive in the great outdoors. This jacket’s nylon outer shell has a cotton hand-feel, which ensures wearable comfort. It utilises specialised membranes that make the garment waterproof and breathable. On the inside, the diamond quilting compresses the lining to the insulation keeping you warmer for longer. Four generously sized SBS zipped pockets on the front and an inside zipped security pocket to stow essentials. The hand pockets are tricot lined for additional warmth. Storm flaps over the pocket zips and front zip provide yet another barrier against the elements. For enhanced practicality to anglers we’ve included reinforcement panels on the shoulders that will grip shoulder straps of any carried items so you’re equipment is carried with ease and will not wear the high performance fabric. To ensure complete resistance against the elements and extreme weather a full-featured adjustable hood has been incorporated into the design. When not required the hood can fold away into the collar when not in use. At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 8,000mm hydrostatic head / 5,000g/m2 breathability 100% polyester wadding in body and hood Longer length with a dropped hem Fully seam sealed YKK 2 way centre front zip covered with a double storm flap 5 SBS zipped pockets, 2 generously sized chest pockets with bellows for additional storage, 2 hand pockets and one inside security pocket 〉〉 Reinforced panels at the shoulders 〉〉 Adjustable hood can be folded away when not in use 〉〉 Adjustable cuffs and hem T0801

MEDIUM

EACH

T0802

LARGE

EACH

T0803

X-LARGE

EACH

T0804

XX-LARGE

EACH

Bib & Brace The Wychwood Bib & Brace is designed to keep you dry and warm. It’s the perfect companion to the retro inspired Parka Jacket. Made of the same waterproof and breathable nylon with cotton hand-feel it’s insulated throughout and has been designed to thrive in the great outdoors. A storm flap offers additional protection to the main zip while two large cargo pockets on the front stow essentials. The relaxed fit combined with the large leg gussets means that they’re easy to get on. They feature an elasticated adjustable waistband and ergonomic cut through the leg to maintain comfort and warmth. This winter piece has been designed to keep you warm and dry whatever the great British weather throws at you. The angler that succeeds is the angler that’s prepared. Prepare yourself this season by remaining dry and warm by wearing Wychwood’s performance Bib & Brace. At a glance

149

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 8,000mm hydrostatic head / 5,000g/m2 breathability 100% polyester wadding YKK front zip covered with a storm flap 2 SBS zipped cargo pockets with bellows Adjustable elasticated webbing straps Ergonomic cut through the leg for comfortable fit Generous gusset at hem with adjustable tabs for close fit

T0765

MEDIUM

EACH

T0766

LARGE

EACH

T0767

X-LARGE

EACH

T0768

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Light Waterproof Jacket When the rain comes down, reach for the Light Waterproof Jacket. It’s the waterproof and breathable nylon outer that you can depend on. Designed to be light and packed down into the side pocket of a rucksack, it has two zipped hand pockets and a water resistant SBS main zip.

The jacket packs into it’s own pocket making this the perfect choice when space is at a premium. At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 5,000mm hydrostatic head / 3,000g/m2 breathability Fully seam sealed waterproof jacket with dropped hem Packable into hand pocket Water resistant SBS centre front zip 2 covered SBS zipped hand pockets Adjustable hood Adjustable cuffs

T0773

MEDIUM

EACH

T0774

LARGE

EACH

T0775

X-LARGE

EACH

T0776

XX-LARGE

EACH

Wychwood Waterproof Clothing

The hood, dropped hem and cuffs are all adjustable so you can control the fit to suit you.

Light Waterproof Trousers Made from the same nylon waterproof and breathable outer as the Light Waterproof Jacket, the trousers have a fully elasticated waist and two zipped hand pockets. Relaxed fit and large leg gussets make them easy to get on. The trousers pack into their own pocket making this the perfect choice when space is at a premium. At a glance Fully seam sealed waterproof trouser Packable into hand pocket 2 SBS zipped hand pockets covered with flaps Elasticated waistband Ergonomic cut through the leg for comfortable fit Generous gusset at hem with adjustable tabs for close fit

T0777

MEDIUM

EACH

T0778

LARGE

EACH

T0779

X-LARGE

EACH

T0780

XX-LARGE

EACH

150

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Puffer Jacket The benefits of down are well known, it’s warm and compressible. We wanted to move this concept forward in the Wychwood Carp Puffer Jacket and create the ultimate insulation piece that’s dedicated to the angling market. The filling used is the latest synthetic down from the world renowned innovative brand 3M. 3M Thinsulate Featherless Insulation was designed to closely mimic the look and performance of natural down with two times the loft when wet and without the allergens. The fill is as lightweight as natural down, highly breathable and provides extreme warmth for extreme conditions, making it the perfect filling for Wychwood’s Puffer Jacket. Three zipped pockets, two on the outer and one security pocket on the inside. At a glance

Wychwood Jackets

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell – plain: 100% nylon with DWR finish Performance: 5,000mm hydrostatic head Filling: 100% polyester - 3m featherless Shell - print: 100% polyester Filling: 100% polyester - 3m featherless YKK centre front zip with zip guard 3 SBS zipped pockets, 2 hand pockets and one inside security pocket Low profile cuff elasticity Adjustable hem

T0918

MEDIUM

EACH

T0919

LARGE

EACH

T0920

X-LARGE

EACH

T0921

XX-LARGE

EACH

Cargo Trousers A multi pocket trouser designed to be hardwearing and practical, the fabric has been designed to feel like cotton but is a nylon with stretch for added comfort and durability. The relaxed cut and the stretch component of the fabric allows for a comfortable fit. Two hand pockets, two generous cargo pockets and an SBS zipped security pocket on the back. At a glance

151

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Shell: 89% nylon / 11% elastane with wicking 2 generous cargo pockets with bellows YKK centre front fly zip One zipped security pocket on the back Ergonomic cut through the leg for comfortable fit Reinforced nylon kick panel at the hem

T0769

MEDIUM GREEN

EACH

T0770

LARGE GREEN

EACH

T0771

X-LARGE GREEN

EACH

T0772

XX-LARGE GREEN

EACH

T0931

MEDIUM CAMO

EACH

T0932

LARGE CAMO

EACH

T0933

X-LARGE CAMO

EACH

T0934

XX-LARGE CAMO

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Puffer Gilet The Ultimate angling Gillet! The benefits of down are well known, it’s warm and compressible. We wanted to move this concept forward in the Wychwood Carp Puffer Gillet to provide an unrivalled body insulator that is packed full of performance, style and durability. The filling used is the latest synthetic down from the world renowned innovative brand 3M. 3M Thinsulate Featherless Insulation was designed to closely mimic the look and performance of natural down with two times the loft when wet and without the allergens. The fill is as lightweight as natural down, highly breathable and provides extreme warmth for extreme conditions, making it the perfect filling for Wychwood’s Puffer Gillet. The external fabric we’ve used on this garment has been designed to be waterproof, breathable and wind-resistant to keep your core regulated, dry and free of draft.

At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

T0761

MEDIUM

EACH

T0762

LARGE

EACH

T0763

X-LARGE

EACH

T0764

XX-LARGE

EACH

Wychwood Jackets

Further features include three SBS zipped pockets, two on the outer and one security pocket on the inside

Jogging Bottoms The combination of cotton and polyester means that the fabric’s cotton hand-feel is maintained, which provides a soft and comfortable product with the additional benefit of reduced drying time At a glance Relaxed fit 60% cotton / 40% polyester Brushed back 320g/m2

T0781

MEDIUM

EACH

T0782

LARGE

EACH

T0783

X-LARGE

EACH

T0784

XX-LARGE

EACH

152

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Tech Hoody Using a performance fabric in a Hoody style this is a mid layer with a difference. It’s warmer than a traditional Hoody due to the bonded fleece used within this garment. A durable water repellent finish to the fabric has been included to keep the elements out for longer. An SBS zipped chest pocket will stow essentials and there are two hand warmer pockets. At a glance

153

Wychwood Hoodies

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

100% polyester Bonded fleece with DWR finish on the face, fleece on the back 300g/m2 One SBS zipped chest pocket 2 hand warmer pockets Adjustable hood

T0939

MEDIUM

EACH

T0940

LARGE

EACH

T0941

X-LARGE

EACH

T0942

XX-LARGE

EACH

Hoody Moss

Hoody Brick Red

The combination of cotton and polyester means that the fabric’s cotton hand-feel is maintained, which provides a soft and comfortable product with the additional benefit of reduced drying time.

At a glance

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Relaxed fit 60% cotton / 40% polyester Brushed back 330g/m2

T0793

MEDIUM

EACH

T0789

MEDIUM

EACH

T0794

LARGE

EACH

T0790

LARGE

EACH

T0795

X-LARGE

EACH

T0791

X-LARGE

EACH

T0796

XX-LARGE

EACH

T0792

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Graphic T-Shirt Emblem A soft cotton t-shirt with Wychwood branding. At a glance

T0875

LARGE BLACK

EACH

T0876

X-LARGE BLACK

EACH

T0877

XX-LARGE BLACK

EACH

T0879

LARGE BRICK RED

EACH

T0880

X-LARGE BRICK RED

EACH

T0881

XX-LARGE BRICK RED

EACH

Water's-edge - Water-resistant Boots As the name suggests, these are the perfect boots to complete your fishing attire beside the water’s edge. Designed to offer superb c omfort, durability and protection so that your feet are prepared for anything a fishing situation can throw at you. Special features include a custom lacing system designed to offer maximum ankle support so that your trekking feet are protected on rough ground, a robust, deep tread sole for maximum comfort and grip, plus the boots also feature a water-resistant membrane s o that your feet remain dry whatever the weather.

WY1902

SIZE 7

WY1903

SIZE 8

EACH

WY1904

SIZE 9

EACH

WY1905

SIZE 10

EACH

WY1906

SIZE 11

EACH

WY1907

SIZE 12

EACH

Wychwood T-shirts/Base Layers

〉〉 100% cotton 〉〉 180g/m2

EACH

Aviator Sunglasses

Multi Way Sunglasses

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Category 3 TAC gun-smoke polarised lenses Matt black aluminium frame UV 400 protection Supplied with a Wychwood branded case

UV 400 protection Supplied with 3 pairs of arms Mini glasses tool Supplied with branded hard case including interior storage pockets

T1450 EACH T1451 EACH

154

T1452 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Onesie The traditional onesie is a superbly practical winter layering piece that will keep you warm and comfortable through the colder months. The combination of cotton and polyester means that the fabric’s cotton hand-feel is maintained, which provides a soft and comfortable product with the additional benefit of reduced drying time

155

Wychwood Onesie/Base Layers

At a glance 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

YKK 2 way centre front zip 2 SBS zipped hand pockets Relaxed fit 60% cotton / 40% polyester Brushed back 300g/m2

T9244

MEDIUM

EACH

T9245

LARGE

EACH

T9246

X-LARGE

EACH

T9247

XX-LARGE

EACH

Base Layer Top

Base Layer Trousers

A performance base layer with wicking for moisture management.

At a glance

〉〉 100% polyester eyelet with wicking 〉〉 140g/m2

T9224

MEDIUM

EACH

T9228

MEDIUM

EACH

T9225

LARGE

EACH

T9229

LARGE

EACH

T9226

X-LARGE

EACH

T9230

X-LARGE

EACH

T9227

XX-LARGE

EACH

T9231

XX-LARGE

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

System Select Lugguage By using robust and high quality materials, we’ve ensured the System Select range has been manufactured to a premium standard.

Rover Carryall The Rover Carryall has been designed with the mobile angler in mind, offering optimum storage opportunities in a compact and durable carryall. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Stow away rain cover Padded shoulder support 1 Main compartment 3 Outer storage pockets 2 Mesh internal lid pockets Designed for use in conjunction with Wychwood accessory bags Lifetime warranty Dimensions 260mm (h) x 400mm (w) x 260mm (d)

H2411 EACH

Wychwood Footware/Sunglasses

We’re so confident that our robust designs will provide unrivalled longevity we’re offering a Lifetime Warranty* with every product within the range.

Short Haul Carryall The Short Haul Carryall has been designed with the session angler in mind, offering optimum storage opportunities in a spacious and durable carryal 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

H2412 EACH

Long Haul Carryall The Long Haul Carryall has been designed with the session angler in mind, offering optimum storage opportunities in a spacious and durable carryall. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Stow away rain cover Padded shoulder support 1 Main compartment 3 Outer storage pockets 1 Foil lined food/bait store Designed for use in conjunction with Wychwood accessory bags Lifetime Warranty Dimensions: 300mm (h) x 600mm (w) x 320mm (d)

156

H2413 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Rover Rucksack The Rover Rucksack has been designed with the mobile angler in mind, offering optimum storage opportunities in a compact and durable Rucksack.

Wychwood Luggage

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Stow away rain cover Padded shoulder and back support 2 Bank stick slides 4 Storage pockets 1 Main compartment Designed for use in conjunction with Wychwood accessory bags Lifetime Warranty• Dimensions: 450mm (h) x 300mm (w) x 200mm (d)

H2414 EACH

Short Haul Rucksack Short Haul Rucksack has been designed with the session angler in mind, offering optimum storage opportunities in a spacious and durable Rucksack. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Stow away rain cover Padded shoulder and back support 2 Bank stick slides 3 Storage pockets 1 Mmain compartment Optional use base unit Designed for use in conjunction with Wychwood accessory bags Lifetime warranty Dimensions 630mm (h) x 340mm (w) x 230mm (d)

H2415 EACH

Packsmart MKII The Packsmart MKII is the updated version of its best-selling predecessor. Designed to offer a large capacity carrying system that enables the angler to fish more effectively through modular storage, the Packsmart MKII is an essential piece of kit for the organised angler. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Stow away rain cover Padded shoulder and back support 5 Storage compartments Designed for use in conjunction with Wychwood accessory bags 〉〉 Lifetime Warranty 〉〉 Dimensions: 540mm (h) x 390mm (w) x 180mm (d)

157

H2432 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

System Select 5 Rod Quiver Wychwood’s System Select 5-Rod Quiver has been designed with the session angler in mind, offering a storage and transportation solution for up to 5 rods as well as storage options for a net, weigh sling, storm poles and a brolly. Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Padded shoulder support Roll top brolly storage Ample net, storm stick and retainer storage Carries up to 5 made up rods Lifetime warranty Dimensions: 1500mm (h) x 250mm (w)

H2416 EACH

Wychwood Luggage

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

System Select 12ft Rod Sleeves The system select 12ft rod sleeve has been designed to offer a superior rod protection solution for your carp rods. Its unique carry strap configuration also allows you to clip multiple sleeves together for ease of transport and storage. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips and buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Thick padding for total protection Padded shoulder support Lead pocket Lifetime warranty 12ft dimensions 1930mm (h) x 90mm (w)

158

H2417 12FT EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Tackle Organiser The Tackle Organiser has been designed to help your end tackle remain organised, allowing you to fish more efficiently. The pouch has ample storage for small internal tackle boxes, hook-link spools, baiting tool slots, lead storage, wallet pockets for hooks and other rig bits, as well as a rig board. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Ample rig bit storage Integrated rig board Lifetime warranty Dimensions: 120mm (h) x 300mm (w) x 190mm (d)

Wychwood Luggage

H2420 EACH

Hookbait Bag The Hook Bait Pouch has been designed to offer a convenient storage solution for your favorite hook baits, which allows you to fish more effectively in an organised manner. The Hook Bait Pouch comes with six air tight bait tubs that will keep your hook baits fresh and full of flavor. By using robust and high quality materials, we’ve ensured the Hook Bait Pouch has been manufactured to a premium standard. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Includes 6 bait tubs Lifetime warranty Dimensions 90mm (h) x 270mm (w) x 180mm (d)

H2421 EACH

Lead Bag The Lead bag has been designed to offer a convenient storage solution for an assortment of leads or any small essential accessories, which allows you to fish more effectively in an organised manner. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Lifetime warranty Dimensions: 80mm (h) x 200mm (w) x 120mm (d)

159

H2422 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Wychwood Stash Bags Three sizes of Stash bags designed as a storage solution for essential items. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Duraflex clips 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Designed for storing small essentials Lifetime warranty*

01 H2429 SMALL

EACH

02 H2430 MEDIUM

EACH

03 H2431 LARGE

EACH

Wychwood Luggage

T-bar Scales Pouch

Reel Pouch

This scales pouch has been designed specifically to fit the products in our bestselling T-bar Scales range.

The Reel pouch offers a superior reel protection solution that’s suitable for use on all big pit and free spool carp reels.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

H2423 EACH

Duraflex connection buckles Bespoke SBS zips throughout 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Thick padding for total protection Clam shell design Lifetime warranty Dimensions: 260mm (h) x 190mm (w) x 150mm (d)

H2419 EACH

160

Bespoke SBS zip 600D Outer fabric PU water-resistant backing Thick padding for total protection Lifetime warranty Dimensions: 360mm (w) x 125mm (h) x 50 (d)

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

42" Landing Net & 2 Piece Handle 〉〉 Ultra-light and ultra- strong arms and two piece take-aprt handle 〉〉 One piece extra strong moulded spreader block with two isotope housings 〉〉 Full length high grip shrinkwrap handle 〉〉 Aqua green super soft fine mesh 〉〉 Protective carry case

Wychwood Landing Nets

Q0022 EACH

Landing Net & Handle 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Ultra-light and ultra-strong handle and arms One piece extra strong moulded spreader block with two isotope housings Full length high grip shrinkwwrap handle High flow black saftey mesh Protective carry case

Q0020 36"

EACH

Q0021 42'

EACH

Specimen Quickfold Landing Nets The Wychwood Specimen Quickfold Net combines innovation with unrivalled practicality. Our unique folding pan net design allows specimen anglers targeting any species to stay mobile and compact. Combine that with our brilliant shake dry, non-smell mesh and magnetic retainer for slack mesh and we are proud to offer an unrivalled specimen net.

161

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Dual-sized mesh to help fish safety Shake-dry mesh stops odours and need for stink bag Super-strong spreader block 3 sizes to cover all specimen-sized fish: 22”, 25” and 30”

Q0889 22"

EACH

Q0890 25"

EACH

Q0891 30"

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

〉〉 Extends and locks solid at any length between 5 - 9ft 5” mark at maximum length 〉〉 Gives length reach for margins, zig rigs or longer rods 〉〉 Slim diameter, lightweight and super-strong 〉〉 Inner handle marked at 1 foot intervals Q0190

Net Station 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Easy to use Net cannot be pulled out by the fish if used correctly Allows the time to get camera equipment ready Twin anchor points for stability

X0046 EACH

Replacement Landing Net Mesh

EACH

Wychwood Landing Net Accessories

Extendable Landing Net Handle

〉〉 A great addition to any angler’s tackle 〉〉 Spare fish friendly 42” black mesh Q0023 EACH

Net Float 〉〉 A great addition to any angler’s tackle 〉〉 420D PU, water-repellent, padded net float keeps your net buoyant and gives you more time to focus on the task in hand

162

H0476 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Walled Unhooking Mat

NEW

£74.99 Produced from fish friendly materials and excessive foam thickness, this is the ultimate mat system designed to offer complete peace of mind whilst handling fish during unhooking and photography. The best of both worlds. Not only does the walled unhooking mat offer an all-encompassing care solution for the largest of specimens but we have also designed it with a removable inner that can easily be used as a stalking style mat where space and weight are important. Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Heavy duty materials to protect mat from wear Padded kneeling area Easy clean, fish friendly material 60mm foam Velcro down fish cover Can be used without the wall Dimensions (open) – 750mm x 1150mm x 250mm Dimensions (closed) – 350mm x 350mm x 700mm

H2440 EACH

Oval Unhooking Mat

NEW

£59.99 The Oval Unhooking mat has been designed to offer unrivalled protection. Utilising a combination of fish friendly materials and dual density foam we've created a luxurious mat to keep your quarry out of harm’s way whilst unhooking and handling for that all-important trophy shot. Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Heavy duty materials to protect mat from wear Padded kneeling area Fish friendly material Sculptured 90mm dual density foam Velcro down fish cover Dimensions (open) – 750mm x 1150mm x 100mm Dimensions (closed) – 550mm x 250mm x 750mm

163

H2441 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Floating Weigh Sling

NEW

A dual-purpose weigh sling that can also be used as a short term floating retainer. This new improved floating weigh sling features a quick drain, fish friendly material, double reinforced carry handles for safe lifting, four reflective floats ensuring ultra-buoyancy and a pocket to house its 5m retaining cord. All of this comes supplied in an oversized stink bag allowing you to keep your landing nets or additional slings all together. Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fast-drain mesh construction for optimum water flow and very accurate weighing Double-zipped opening securely houses the carp inside Specifically designed to support the carp when weighing Four reflective floats ensure the sling is ultra-buoyant Reinforced dual weighing straps with fixed weighing loops Double reinforced carry handles on each side of the sling for safe lifting Meshed pocket houses a 5m reflective retaining cord Supplied in oversized nylon sleeve Dimensions – 1200mm x 500mm x 250mm

H2443 EACH

Carp Sack / Weigh Sling

NEW

The Oval Unhooking mat has been designed to offer unrivalled protection. Utilising a combination of fish friendly materials and dual density foam we've created a luxurious mat to keep your quarry out of harm’s way whilst unhooking and handling for that all-important trophy shot. Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed to securely house and protect the carp inside Durable reflective 5 metre cord with dual bankstick attachment High visibility H-Block marker and cord ensures you can always find your sack External zipped mesh pocket to house the marker and cord

164

H2442 EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Sling Mat The Sling Mat has been designed to offer a practical and safe fish care solution for the mobile carp angler. The sling style mat comes with a robust shoulder strap and is perfect for transporting kit on roving sessions, yet the 50mm foam padded base still provides total protection without compromise.

Wychwood Unhooking Mats

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Premium 50mm foam padding 600D water resistant outer fabric 4 aluminum peg points Shoulder strap Bespoke SBS zip Dimensions: Closed: 500mm (h) x 750mm (w) x 120mm (d) Open 1000mm (h) x 750mm (w) x 60mm (d)

H2425 EACH

Beanie Mat The Beanie Mat has been designed to offer a practical and safe fish care solution for the modern carp angler. The rectangular, fold flat profile ensures that the Beanie Mat fits perfectly on the base of most barrows for optimum loading. We’ve used a premium 600D water resistant fabric on the beanie parameter and a heavy duty wipe clean material on the fish holding base. The Beanie Mat also comes with a robust shoulder strap so that you can carry the mat when adopting a mobile approach and the 40mm foam filled base provides a luxuriously padded area to ensure premium protection to your capture when handled on the bank. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Premium 40mm foam padding 600D water resistant parameter 4 aluminum peg points Shoulder strap Duraflex connection buckles Dimensions: Closed: 600mm (h) x 800mm (w) x 200mm (d) Open: 1200mm (h) x 800mm (w) x 100mm (d)

165

H2424 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Floating Weigh Sling

Specimen Sling

A dual purpose weigh sling that can be used as a short term floating retainer.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

3 quick release straps to secure the top of the sling Mesh and lightweigh nylon for a strong dependable product Large enough for 40lb+ fish Straps balanced for weighing Complete with bag for storage 1 piece bars for strength 2m tether cord supplied

Q6091 EACH

Q6096 EACH

Wychwood Unhooking Mats

The design offers both safety and security of the fish. Zippered either side and protected by a wide baffle that stops the fish being damaged but ensures security so that the fish cannot escape

Soft, fish friendly material Lightweight Double stiched for added strength Supplied with storage bag Dimensions 850mm [w] x 480mm [d]

Epic Fish Safe Mat Ultimate in protection for the largest of carp. 〉〉 Heavy-duty material to protect mat from wear on the base 〉〉 Padded kneeling area 〉〉 Material when wet is fish friendly 〉〉 Velcro down fish and rain cover 〉〉 Sculptured 90mm foam to provide the ultimate protection 〉〉 Supplied with carry bag

166

H8050 EACH

Wychwood Scales

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

DUAL SCREEN

HI-IMPACT CASING

For unsurpassed viewing angles.

Rugged outer casing to withstand the rigors of use out on the bank.

MEMORY BUTTON

POWER /MODE BUTTON

Remembers the last fish weighed.

Simple power on and off. Also switches on night light.

KG/LB BUTTON

KARABINER CLIP

Switch between kg or pounds quickly and effortlessly.

For ease of attaching weigh sling for weighing your catch.

TRUE GRIP HANDLE

CONDENSATION RESISTANT SCREEN

167

Easy grip handles for trouble free fish weighing.

Fog free display, no more wiping the screen on those damp days.

ILLUMINATED DISPLAY

BATTERIES

With in-built night light for ease of use in the hours of darkness.

Easy fitting in end of handle. Takes 2x AAA batteries.

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Batteries not included.

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

T-Bar Scales MKII Compact, lightweight and incredibly accurate, Wychwoodâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s T-Bar scales allow anglers to quickly and simply weigh their capture whilst always getting perfect accuracy. Designed to last, our T-Bar Scales are hardwearing and built for unrivalled performance.

T-Bar Scales Dual Screen The T-bar Dual Screen Scales have been designed to make that special moment of weighing a new personal best everything it needs to be - simple, safe and effective. The twin screen allows you to share the moment of anticipation as the scales tip and settle in complete comfort without having witnesses crowd over your shoulder.

Front

Wychwood Scales

X8046 EACH

X8045 EACH

Back

T-Bar Scales Dual Screen 120lb Due to popular demand, we have now launched these in a 120lb model. Ideal for continental chunk chasers. These are also becoming a handy choice for fishery match scales. Front

X8044 EACH

168

Back

Wychwood Bite Alarms

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Alarm The AVX-S brings a whole new definition to bite alarm design. The concept was to create a compact and durable alarm that could be adapted to suit a multitude of angling situations and thrive in the rigors of a life outdoors. The pinnacle feature included within the AVX-S alarm is our revolutionary in-built snag ear system. The purpose designed snag ears can be extended for use when required, then collapsed within the alarms robust and weatherproof casing when the situation doesn’t determine the need for snag ears, or when packing away at the end of the session to minimise the pack-down size.

169

Aside from the unique design, we’ve include a series of features to further benefit your angling. All volume, tone and sensitivity settings can be changed at the touch of a button. The alarms are easily paired with the accompanying receiver and a low battery warning has also been included so that you never miss a take due to a lack of power. R1605

RED LED

EACH

R1606

WHITE LED

EACH

R1607

BLUE LED

EACH

R1608

PURPLE LED

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Receiver The AVX-Receiver is packed full of features that deliver reliability, durability and excellent value for money. The AVX- Receiver features volume and tone controls and can be paired incredibly simply with up to 4 different AVX-S alarms, featuring blue, red, white and purple LED’s. With a range of 100m + the AVX-Receiver allows anglers to be fully aware of every indication from the alarm head, as well as allowing you to mute your alarm head whilst still getting audible indication at your receiver. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6 Tone options 6 Volume options Vibration function 4 LED’s to match your AVX-S alarm head Easily paried with AVX-S alarms Protective case 2 year warranty

R1909 EACH

Presentation Set 〉〉 Contains 3x AVX-S alarms with red, white and blue LED's 〉〉 1x AVX-Receiver 〉〉 Presentation case R1610 EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

AVX Alarm The AVX Bite Alarm offers styling, performance and features that far exceed its price point. The alarm boasts adjustable volume, tone and sensitivity settings, which allows you to tailor the alarms performance to your requirements.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6 SENSITIVITY SETTINGS

Tone control Volume control Sensitivity control Variable LED 10-40 second latching time Low battery warning All settings remain after switching off

R1604 EACH

7 TONES TO CHOOSE FROM

7 VOLUME SETTINGS INCLUDING MUTE

Wychwood Bite Alarms

The material used to create the AVX outer shell is an extremely durable ABS compound that has been specifically chosen for its impact resistance and durability attributes, ensuring that the AVX can perform in the toughest of conditions.

LOW BATTERY WARNING

ADJUSTABLE SNAG EAR SYSTEM The AVX-S comes with extendable snags ears that can be extended for use or collapsed into the alarms outer shell when they’re not required.

RECEIVER COMPATIBLE

VIBRATIONS MODE

PAIR UP TO 4 AVX-S ALARMS

RECEIVER

Can be used with our AVX-Receiver.

DURABLE DESIGN The material used to create the AVX-S outer shell is an extremely durable ABS compound that has been specifically chosen for its impact resistance and durability attributes, ensuring that the AVX-S can perform in the toughest of conditions. WARRANTY POLICY We are so confident in the quality and durability of our AVX-S alarm that we are offering a 2-year extended warranty.

170

YEAR

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Metalware Wychwood’s metalware range has been thoughtfully designed to offer a practical and attractive bankside set-up. The range is constructed using the highest grade of aluminium and boasts innovative features such as in-built bobbin attachments on all buzz bars and bank sticks, as well as goal post conversions that come as standard on all buzz bars.

Wychwood Metalware

We’ve also included in the range our unique double-decker bank sticks that can be extended twice to gain extra height in a tricky swim. Wychwood’s range of lightweight metalware that is perfect for the forward-thinking angler.

Slims Buzz Bars 2 Rod

Slims Buzz Bars 3 Rod

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Goal post conversions Fixed length Available: 4.75", 5.75", 6.75"

High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Goal post conversions Fixed length Available: 7.75", 8.75", 9.75"

01 X9255

4.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

01 X9260

7.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

02 X9256

5.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

02 X9261

8.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

EACH EACH

03 X9257

6.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

03 X9262

9.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

EACH

01 01

Slims Bank Sticks

Wide Bank Sticks

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Solid ground breaker points Single knurled thumbscrews Internal fitment has flat side for positive locking Available in sizes 7.5”, 9.5”, 12”, 15"

01 X9245 7.5" EACH

01 X9270 7.5" EACH

02 X9246 9.5" EACH

02 X9271 9.5" EACH

03 X9247 12" EACH

03 X9272 12" EACH

04 X9248 15" EACH

04 X9273 15" EACH

171

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Wide Buzz Bars 2 Rod

Wide Buzz Bar 3 Rod

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Goal post conversions Fixed length Available: 7.75", 8.75", 9.75"

01 X9280

4.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

01 X9277

7.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

02 X9281

5.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

02 X9278

8.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

EACH EACH

03 X9282

6.75" 2 BUZZ BAR

EACH

03 X9279

9.75" 3 BUZZ BAR

EACH

Wychwood Metalware

High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Goal post conversions Fixed length Available: 4.75", 5.75", 6.75"

Wide Double Decker Bank Sticks 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Double extending High-grade, aluminium construction Bobbin fixing point Solid ground breaker points Double knurled thumbscrews Available in sizes 7.5”, 9.5”, 12”

03 02

01 X9274 7.5" EACH 03 X9276 12" EACH

172

02 X9275 9.5" EACH

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Stage Stand / Stabiliser

NEW

The stage stand / stabiliser has been thoughtfully designed to complement our already popular range of bankware. Using the same grade of aluminium, this dual-purpose accessory enables you to your banksticks up no matter how hard or soft the ground is. Essential when fishing traditional buzz bar set ups on soft ground, the stabiliser is easily fitted to produce a sturdy support for your rods. Also, if you wish to fish from platforms, staging or swims fronted with sleepers; simply remove the stabiliser spike and screw the stage stand in place.

Wychwood Metalware

Features and specification; 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High grade aluminium construction Two size variants enable compatibility with most bank stick diameters Used as a stabiliser for soft ground Stage stand can be screwed into hard / wooden swims. *Screwdriver NOT included

X9290 WIDE EACH X9292 SLIM EACH

Wide / Slim Cross Bars

NEW

Having been designed to complement our popular range of black aluminium bankware, these cross bars enable you to turn your buzz bar set up into a free-standing pod. These can also be used to produce a fantail system. Using the same high-grade aluminium, the cross bars are available in both a wide and slim version making them compatible with a variety of diameter banksticks. X9291 WIDE EACH

173

X9293 SLIM EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

The Slug

Includes: 〉〉 1x Slug bobbin 〉〉 2x 1g nylon weights 〉〉 8” chain link 〉〉 Hockey stick 〉〉 Colours available: purple, yellow, green, red, blue, white, black, fluoro orange, fluoro green & fluoro pink PURPLE

4 PACK

02 R9145

YELLOW

4 PACK

03 R9143

GREEN

4 PACK

04 R9140

RED

4 PACK

05 R9142

BLUE

4 PACK

06 R9141

WHITE

4 PACK

07 R9146

BLACK

4 PACK

08 R9150

FLUORO PINK

4 PACK

09 R9152

FLUORO ORANGE

4 PACK

10 R9154

FLUORO GREEN

4 PACK

POS AVAILABLE (W9121)

Slug Weights

Slug Ball Chain

Includes: 〉〉 2x weights per pack 〉〉 Available in 3g and 6g

Available in either 3" or 8".

R9161

4 PACK

R9160

4 PACK

Slug 3" Standard Chain Includes: 〉〉 1x standard 3" chain

R9164

4 PACK

R9163

4 PACK

Slug 12" Dacron Cord Includes: 〉〉 1x 12" dacron cord R9165

4 PACK

174

R9162

Wychwood Metalware

01 R9144

Wychwood Cookware

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Thanks to an incredibly small pack down size, the Wychwood Tactical Stove is a truly compact on-the-bank essential for anglers who want home comforts while they fish. Designed to fit inside the Wychwood Carper’s Kettle for storage, this powerful burner boastshigh thermal efficiency, meaning your gas canister last longer and your kettle boils quicker. Manufactured using premium materials such as high-grade aluminium, copper and stainless steel, this is a tough, strong yet lightweight stove that will find a place in any carp or specimen angler’s tackle bag thanks to a unique folding leg design that provides excellent stability 〉〉 High thermal efficiency 〉〉 Unique leg folding design 〉〉 Adjustable flame control 〉〉 Pre-heater tube for better gas combustion 〉〉 Space-saving pack down size – fits inside Wychwood Carper’s Kettle 〉〉 Low centre of gravity for improved stability 〉〉 Flexible 35cm hose 〉〉 Storage pouch supplied 〉〉 For use with ‘self-sealing’, screw-type gas canisters 〉〉 Weight 231g

gas

2mins X9041 EACH

6 Piece Pan and Kettle Set

Carpers Kettle

Wychwood’s six piece pan set includes a 2.3L pot and a 1.2L pot both with lids, a 7.5” frying pan with a non-slip spiral base and, most important of all, a 0.8L kettle. All the handles fold in and the whole set comes in a mesh storage bag for ease of transportation.

〉〉 Hard-anodized, ‘eazi-clean’ coated aluminium 〉〉 Perfect ‘two cup’ 0.8L capacity 〉〉 Perfect ‘four cup’ 1.3L capacity

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

X9022

0.8L EACH

X9024

1.3L EACH

Hard-anodized, ‘eazi-clean’ coated aluminium Compact pack size for ease of transportation Complete set weighs only 842g Kettle fits inside pan for storage

175

X9020 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

176

Wychwood Cookware

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Rig Box Unique tackle and rig box in one. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Large tackle storage area Room for over 50 rigs Extra-strong, stainless hinges Takes Wychwood internal tackle boxes

X1209 EACH

Wychwood Tackle Boxes

Complete Box Set The original, large tackle box complete with 2 large, 4 medium internal tackle boxes. 〉〉 The perfect solution for many specimen anglers, allowing you to personalise your own layout X0794

TACKLE BOX COMPLETE

EACH

X0793

MEDIUM TACKLE BOX COMPLETE

EACH

Tackle Box

Internal Tackle Box

Designed specifically for the specimen angler .

Constructed from shatterproof plastic, with a clear lid and green base.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Designed to fit all your accessory tackle boxes inside Extra secure catches and removable partitions Available in two sizes medium and large Fits comfortably into the Wychwood luggage range

X9051

MEDIUM EACH

X9050 LARGE EACH

〉〉 A nti-spill interior 〉〉 Designed to fit inside both the large and medium tackle boxes 〉〉 Moulded handle for ease of retrieval X0789 SMALL EACH X0790

MEDIUM EACH

X0791 LARGE EACH

Hand Towel 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Trade Pack countertop dispenser Soft cotton construction Dual colour to mask dirt Re-usable and washable Non-fade

177

H1255 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

Baiting Tool Set Wychwood’s Firefly Baiting Tool Set has been designed to offer you a complete range of our best-selling Glow In The Dark baiting tools. The phosphorescent handles emit a radiant light during the hours of darkness so that they are easily identifiable when you need to re-bait in the middle of the night. Contains: 〉〉 Baiting saftey needle 〉〉 Bait drill 〉〉 Bait/stringer needle 〉〉 Splicing/fine needle 〉〉 Comes in trade pack of 5

X0489

GATE LATCH NEEDLE

5 PACK

X0486

SAFTEY NEEDLE

5 PACK

X0487

BAIT DRILL

5 APCK

X0488

SPLICING NEDDLE

5 PACK

X0484

BAITING TOOL SET

5 PACK

*For full glow in the dark performance, handles must be exposed to UV light.

Crimping Tool

Wychwood Tools

Also available in singles.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Specifically designed jaws for closing carp crimps Stainless steel jaws for strength Side cutter included Sized for fitting in most tackle boxes Select crimp size closest to your diameter of line for most consistant results Sizes available: 0.6mm, 0.7mm & 0.9mm. Line diameter should just fit into the hole in the crimp . 0.6mm will fit normal stiff materials, like amnesia, 0.7mm crimp is perfect for thick types of material, like 25lb stiff bristle filament. The 0.9mm size is perfect for 30lb+ mono. 〉〉 Jaws designed to flare crimp at the edges to prevent damage to the line 〉〉 Supplied with 3 different sized crimps: 0.6mm, 0.7mm and 0.9mm X9029 EACH

Carp Crimps

X9028

0.9MM

5 PACK

X9030

0.7MM

5 PACK

X9031

0.6MM

5 PACK

178

〉〉 Specially designed and developed double crimps, perfect for nylon stiff hook material and uncoated wire 〉〉 For use with stiff hook link material with a diameter of 0.45 - 0.65mm (Not for use with fluorocarbon, braided line or coated wire.) 〉〉 25 crimps per pack 〉〉 Trade pack of 5

Wychwood Rod Protection/Accessories

facebook.com/wychwoodcarp youtube.com/wychwoodcarp twitter.com/wychwoodcarp instagram.com/wychwoodcarp

Storm Sticks

Rod Lead Wrap (Pair)

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Extra strong, large diameter poles Secure cam lock design Supplied with T-bar for easy operation Improved screw point for cutting through the ground Perfect for the Net Station

X9052 12" EACH

A brilliant idea for the mobile angler Simply wrap two around a made-up rod with a landing net and bank stick Rip open velcro for instant access Wraps feature a ring onto which a shoulder strap can be attached for carrying comfort

WY0422 PAIR

X9053 18" EACH X9054 24" EACH X9055 36" EACH

Barrow Elastic Set

Worm Wraps

〉〉 Bungee-style elastics 〉〉 Moulded hook ends

The Wychwood Worm Wrap protects rod sections and stops them rubbing together in transit.

H9007 EACH

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

No velcro to degrade or clog On-piece design Multitude of uses Will not harm rod finish 12” [30cm] x 13mm Dia.

X0200 PAIR

Hook Bait Tubs

Air Dry Bag

〉〉 Set of four screw-top bait tubs 〉〉 Ideal for pop-ups and specialist hook-baits 〉〉 Supplied in PVC pouch 〉〉 Rubber seal, so no more leaks

〉〉 Free-flow mesh 〉〉 Carry handles H0023 STANDARD EACH HOO24 LARGE

EACH

179

X9060 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

www.wychwoodcarp.co.uk

DPF Flourocarbon Coated Mono The Ultra-Violet composition of this unique line has been engineered at a molecular level to blend in with UV light to create a natural camouflage. Red objects are the first to be absorbed by the light spectrum underwater, but it doesn't disappear - red objects would become black and extremely blatant. We've been curious about the colour spectrum and how we can use it to our advantage in line concealment for years, so after a lengthy process of research and development with one of Europe’s premier line manufacturers we created DPF and this is why.

〉〉 G1004 10LB EACH G1005 12LB EACH G1006 15LB EACH G1007 18LB EACH

180

〉〉 Fluorocarbon coated for proactive sinking properties 〉〉 Low memory so that the line follows the contours of the lakebed effectively 〉〉 Fluorocarbon coated for enhanced sinking properties 〉〉 Anti-friction finish for optimum casting potential 〉〉 Deep purple UV pigmentation reacts with natural light, blending into its underwater surroundings to offer ultimate line concealment

Wychwood Line

Naturally, water appears to have hazy blue colouration due to Ultra-Violet light being prominently present through the water column. By creating a UV pigmented line it has the ability to adapt to the natural light source present under-water and becomes inconspicuous, blending in perfectly to its surroundings.

181

LEEDA Concept GTX Whipe

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

182

LEEDA Concept GT-X Rods

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Concept GT Power Carp Pole 13.0m A super strong 13.0m pole designed for commercial carp fishing. The new Concept GT Power carp features an easy ship finish throughout, making shipping and unshipping easy when in use. We have also used an ultra slim mandrel to reduce the overall diameter, making it feel more comfortable in the hand. Supplied with 1 x integral Match kit and 1 x Power Kit, 1 x Reinforced mini extension and a deluxe carry case.

LEEDA Concept GT Poles

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super strong Easy ship finish on all sections Supplied with integral match kit 1 X extra power kit 1 X reinforced mini ext Deluxe pole case with carry handle

B8006

GT 13M POWER CARP POLE

EACH

B8011

GT MATCH KIT

EACH

B9018

GT POWER KIT

EACH

Concept GT Power Carp Pole 11.0m A super strong 11.0m pole designed for commercial carp fishing. The new Concept GT Power carp features an easy ship finish throughout, making shipping and unshipping easy when in use. We have also used an ultra slim mandrel to reduce the over diameter, making it feel more comfortable in the hand. Supplied with 1 x integral Match kit and 1 x Power Kit, 1 x Reinforced mini extension and a deluxe carry case. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super strong Easy ship finish on all sections Supplied with integral match kit 1 X extra power kit 1 X reinforced mini ext Deluxe pole case with carry handle

B8005

GT 11M POWER CARP POLE

EACH

Concept GT Hit and Hold 9.2m Pole The perfect pole for the angler who tends to fish closer to the bank targeting larger fish. The Concept GT Hit and Hold pole is a powerhouse of a pole which is more than capable of landing carp to double figures with ease. Ultra-strong this pre-elasticated pole is supplied with a free pole rig.

183

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super strong margin pole Pre-elasticated and ready to fish 1x Power kit 14 elastic Includes free pole rig Great starter pole

B8008

GT 9.2M HIT AND HOLD POLE

EACH

B0103

HIT AND HOLD POWER KIT

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Concept GT Hit and Hold 8.0m Pole The perfect pole for the angler who tends to fish closer to the bank targeting larger fish. The Concept GT Hit and Hold pole is a powerhouse of a pole which is more than capable of landing carp to double figures with ease. Ultra-strong this pre-elasticated pole is supplied with a free pole rig Super strong margin pole Pre-elasticated and ready to fish 1x Power kit 14 elastic Free pole rig Great starter pole

B8007

GT 8M HIT AND HOLD

EACH

Concept GT 7.5m Slim Power Margin The Concept GT Slim Power Margin is an ultra slim margin pole and is a pleasure to fish with. Slim but incredibly strong this powerhouse of a pole is at home on any commercial fishery and had been design to catch fish running into low double figures. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super slim Margin Pole Incredibly strong Elastic rating 20 2 x Pre elasticated Kits (1 x No14, 1 x 20 elastic) Spare Kits also available separately

B8010

GT 7.5M SLIM POWER MARGIN

EACH

B9017

POWER TOP 2 14 ELASTIC

EACH

B9018

POWER TOP 2 20 ELASTIC

EACH

LEEDA Concept GT Poles

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Concept GT Pole Rollers Two new Leeda Concept GT pole rollers. Lightweight and extremely stable, both models feature four telescopic legs which are fully lockable when extended. The single version features a super smooth EVA central roller with two upright end rollers.

R3500

SINGLE POLE ROLLER

EACH

R3501

DOUBLE POLE ROLLER

EACH

184

The double roller features two super smooth EVA independent rollers with three upright rollers and is ideal for double shipping.

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Carp Match 6m Slim Power Margin Pole Super-strong construction 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Elastic rating 20 2x Pre-elasticated top kits included 1x 14 and 1x 20 elastic Supplied in a protective, pole tube Spare top kits available separatley

185

LEEDA Concept GT Whipe

B9003

6M POLE

EACH

Universal Standard Top Kits Standard Top 3 〉〉 Telescopic, general purpose top kit. Elastic rating 12-14 Power Top 2 〉〉 General purpose Top 2 - Equal length to standard Top 3 - elastic rating 16-18 〉〉 Can be used as a cupping kit A5500

STANDARD TOP 3 KIT

EACH

A5501

POWER TOP 2 KIT/CUPPING KIT

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Concept GT Elasticated Whips 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Pre elasticated Flick tip with pre attached eye Robust and strong construction All round use Includes rig and disgorger ELASTICATED 4M

EACH

B4006

ELASTICATED 5M

EACH

LEEDA Concept GT-X Rods

B4005

Concept GT Whips 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Light and strong construction Soft tip action Includes rig and disgorger Pre attached eye

B4007

TELE WHIP 3M

EACH

B4008

TELE WHIP 4M

EACH

B4009

TELE WHIP 5M

EACH

Concept GT-X

B4000

COMPETITION WHIP 3M

EACH

B4001

COMPETITION WHIP 4M

EACH

B4002

COMPETITION WHIP 5M

EACH

186

〉〉 Fine flick tip 〉〉 Ideal for silvers on both commercials and traditional venues 〉〉 Quality high-grade carbon

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Concept GT Rods

LEEDA Concept GT Rods & Reels

Concept GT offers a fantastic range of quality carbon coarse rods for both feeder and waggler style fishing. Key features of each rod are a progressive through action, Screw reel seat, quality guides and a part cork/EVA handle. A0805

8FT BOMB

EACH

A0806

10FT BOMB

EACH

A0802

11FT FEEDER

EACH

A0800

12FT TWIN TIP COMBO

EACH

A0801

12FT POWER FEEDER

EACH

A0807

10FT WAGGLER

EACH

A0803

11FT WAGGLER

EACH

A0804

12FT WAGGLER

EACH

Concept GT Reels

NEW

The Concept GT reels are available in 3 sizes 30, 40 and 50. Featuring a smooth drag, great winding power and compact body shape. Perfect for feeder and waggler fishing. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

5+1 ball bearings Stainless steel main shaft Anodised Aluminium spool Folding handle with EVA thumb grip Supplied with spare graphite spool

1. C1003 30FD

EACH

2. C1004 40FD

EACH

3. C1005 50FD

EACH

187

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Concept GT-X Rods

A0875

10FT BOMB

EACH

A0876

11FT FEEDER

EACH

A0877

12FT FEEDER

EACH

A0881

10FT WAGGLER

EACH

A0878

11FT WAGGLER

EACH

A0879

12FT WAGGLER

EACH

LEEDA Concept GT-X Rods & Reels

Concept GT-X has a concise offering of high quality carbon feeder and waggler rods. These rods offer brilliant quality at a reasonable price and are ideal for any emerging match angler. Featuring a smooth progressive through action and quality components; these attributes are what you would usually find on rods that have a much higher price tag.

Concept GT-X Reels

These Concept GT -X reels are compact, lightweight and feature an incredibly smooth drag ideal for both feeder and waggler fishing. Featuring two sizes of front drag reels and a free spin version. 5+1 ball bearings Stainless steel main shaft Anodised Aluminium spool Folding handle with EVA thumb grip Supplied with spare graphite spool

1. C1000 30FD

EACH

2. C1001 40FD

EACH

3. C1002 30FS

EACH

188

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Concept GT Coarse Nets Concpet GT range of nets has been designed to offer an entry level selection of different-sized nets to be used while fishing for multiple species. The mixed mesh design gives maximum protection to fish when inside the net and the open sides allow for water to pass through the net easier, allowing quick and safe netting of the fish and less drag on the net in moving water. The nets come in a range of sizes to suit all angers no matter what species or size of fish they are targeting. 〉〉 Mixed mesh design 〉〉 Strong, aluminium construction 〉〉 Suitable for all coarse fish

LEEDA Basic Leeda Rods

Concept GT Keepnets 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Soft carp friendly mesh 50x 40cm rings Supplied with carry bag Setup and usage guide included

Q0902

3M KEEPNET

EACH

Q0900

3M COARSE KEEPNET

EACH

Q0901

2.5 SILVER FISH KEEPNET

EACH

Concept GT Coarse Nets Q0950

38CM / 15INCH

EACH

Q0951

45CM / 18INCH

EACH

Q0952

55CM / 22INCH

EACH

Concept GT-X Competition Handles 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quality ‘pinned’ Brass thread Non slip handle grip Smooth ship finish Ultra-strong

Q3045

3.0M PUT OVER

EACH

Q3046

2.8M TELESCOPIC

EACH

Concept GT Power Handles

189

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super strong landing net handle Ideal for all kinds of fishing 3 take apart sections Pinned Brass screw thread

Q3040

3.0M PUT OVER

EACH

Q6035

2.8M TELESCOPIC

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Concept GT Luggage

1. H1013

REEL CASE

EACH

2. H1018

ACCESSORY BAG

EACH

3. H1016

COOL BAG

EACH

4. H1012

NET BAG

EACH

5. H1011

CARRYALL

EACH

6. H1017

READY ROD SLEEVE

EACH

7. H1010

6 TUBE ROD HOLDALL

EACH

LEEDA Concept GT Rods

The Concept luggage is a practical range to cater for pleasure and match angler alike. Each item is constructed from a durable material, capable of dealing with everyday rigors of fishing use. All the items are at a price that suits even the modest pocket. From reel cases to ready rod sleeves this range has all the essentials covered.

02 04

190

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Leeda Coarse Rods

NEW

This New Leeda range of budget coarse rods offers excellent quality and features for a low price point. These rods cover all requirements for novice and beginner anglers alike featuring, carbon blanks, with a matt finish and quality components.

LEEDA Basic Leeda Rods

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Screw reel seat Quality guides EVA handle Matt finish blank

A0882

10FT FLOAT

EACH

A0883

11FT FLOAT

EACH

A0884

10FT BOMB

EACH

A0885

11FT FEEDER

EACH

Leeda Front Drag Reels 30FD and 40FD

NEW 02

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Smooth ball bearing construction Compact and lightweight design Front drag system Folding handle Loaded with 8lb line

1. C1008 30FD

EACH

2. C1009 40FD

EACH

Leeda Rear Drag Reels 30RD and 40RD 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Smooth ball bearing construction Compact and lightweight design Rear drag system Folding handle Loaded with 8lb line

3. C1006 30RD

EACH

4. C1007 40RD

EACH

191

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

4000 and 5000FD Reels 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

3 ball bearings construction Strong and lightweight construction Matt finish graphite body Aluminium spool Supplied with spare graphite spool Aluminium, quick-fold handle 4000FD pre-loaded with 8lb line 5000FD pre-loaded with 10lb line

C0728 EACH

LEEDA Landing Net Handles

C0729 EACH

Leeda Conecpt Power Landing Net Handles

NEW

The New Leeda range of power landing net handles are made from quality materials and feature a pinned brass thread, making them strong, reliable and easy to use. Available in two lengths 2.5m and 3m. Q6182 2.5M

EACH

Q6183 3.0M

EACH

Leeda Aluminium Landing Net Handles 〉〉 High quality, extra strong, aluminium, landing net handles 〉〉 Available in 1.2m and an extendable 2m version ONE PC HANDLE

SF1294

EXTENDING HANDLE EACH

EACH

192

SF1292

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Leeda Fishing Kits The perfect option to getting started in angling, complete with all the correct terminal tackle needed for a successful day’s angling. All kits come with pre-loaded reels and enough accessories for multiple fishing trips. Each kit also contains an instruction booklet to help new anglers learn and progress in their fishing.

10ft Coarse Outfit

12ft Coarse Outfit

LEEDA Fishing Kits

Coarse fishing outfit contains:

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

10ft 3-piece float rod Cloth rod bag Size 30 reel with 4lb line Bait box Rod rest 5 x clear waggler floats Hooks to nylon Plummet and disgorger 6-division, shot dispenser Accessories carry case

LK0011

4 PACK

12ft 3-piece float rod Cloth rod bag Size 30 reel with 4lb line Bait box Rod rest 5 x clear waggler floats Hooks to nylon Plummet and disgorger 6-division, shot dispenser Accessories carry case

LK0010

4 PACK

Barbel Rod 11ft 1.5lb Designed specifically for use on all sizes of rivers, this rod boasts a forgiving tip action to spot those shy bites and a reserve of power in the butt section to stop the hardest fighting fish you will encounter. At 1.5lb test this rod is also perfectly suited as a total all-rounder and would be equally at home for specimen bream or tench fishing or floater fishing for carp on a summer’s afternoon. The rod features a unique-shaped butt section that can be positioned more securely into a butt rest than other rods on the market and also features a full, shaped, duplon handle for maximum comfort during long, drawn-out fights with big fish. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Matt finish blank Screw lock reel seat Lined rings Full EVA handle 2-piece blank

A0645 EACH

Carp Rods The Leeda carp rods are designed to offer fantastic performance and looks at an entry level price. The range consists of a 12ft 2.75lb and a 12ft 3lb rod and both are designed around 2-piece blanks for strength and improved actions. The rods feature fully lined guides, abbreviated handles and screw lock reel seats. These rods are perfect for anyone who wants to start fishing for large carp using any technique on a variety of waters. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Matt finish blank Screw lock reel seat Lined rings 2-piece blank

A0640 EACH

193

A0641 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Meat Cutter Unique design that enables meat to be cut in seconds.

R9000

6MM MEAT CUTTER

EACH

R9001

6MM SPARE BLADES

EACH

Carp Match Shallow

Carp Match Power Margin Shallow Pole Rig

M1805

10 PACK

M1803

10 PACK

Rig Length

6ft

M1802

10 PACK

Rig Length

10ft

7ft

Main Line

8lb Hook Length

6lb

Main Line

6lb Hook Length

5lb

Hook Size

Pellet Pole Rig

10 PACK

Main Line

4lb Hook Length

3lb Hook Size

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Length 10ft Main line 6lb Hook length 5lb Size 12 barbless hook

M1801

Paste Pole Rig

10 PACK

Rig Length

10ft Main Line

6lb Hook Length

5lb

Barbless

Hook Size

10 PACK

Barbless

4lb

M1804

Maggot Pole Rig

12ft

Barbless

5lb Hook Length

Length 12ft Main line 4lb Hook length 3lb Size 16 barbless hook

Rig Length

10ft Main Line

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Carp Match Paste

Paste

M1800

Carp Match Maggot

Maggot

Length 10ft Main line 5lb Hook length 4lb Size 16 barbless hook

Pellet

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Hook Size

Carp Match Pellet

Barbless

4lb

Length 10ft Main line 6lb Hook length 5lb Size 14 barbless hook

Barbless

Hook Length

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Rig Length

Barbless

Main Line

5lb

Meat/Corn Pole Rig

Pole Rig

Meat/Corn

Length 5ft Main line 5lb Hook length 4lb Size 16 barbless hook

Length 7ft Main line 8lb Hook length 6lb Size 14 barbless hook

Power Margin

Shallow Carp

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Carp Match Meat/Corn Power Margin

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

LEEDA Poles

6mm cutter Removable bait collection tray Made from supe-strong ABS plastic Supplied with: One set of cutting blades End cap Collection tray Full user instructions

Hook Size

194

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

LEEDA Coarse Accessories

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Flat V Rest

Butt Lock Rod Rest

R4380

R4381

5 PACK

Feeder Rest

R4382

R4383

Bubble Floats R4350 R4355

CLEAR ORANGE

5 PACK

12” Angle Lock Rod Rest Straight 5 PACK 5 PACK

R4385

5 PACK

Boys Catapult

Matchman Hook Tyer

〉〉 Superb, budget priced catapult

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

R4068

20 PACK

For ease of tying spade end hooks Excellent knot strength Speedy hook tying Includes full instrucions

R4830

195

5 PACK

Jumbo U Rest 5 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

10 PACK

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Bait Boxes

NEW

〉〉 Quality plastic bait boxes. 〉〉 Perforated lids 10 PACK 10 PACK 10 PACK

Black Plastic Rod Tube

Green Plastic Rod Tube

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉 General purpose rod tubes 〉〉 Available in three lengths and three diameters 〉〉 Supplied in packs of 5

Heavy duty Can be cut down to fit required length Non-crush material Complete with end caps

G8163

5ft

10 PACK

R1362 R1363

2” X 6FT 2 1/2” X 6FT

5 PACK 5 PACK

G8164

5ft6 INCH

10 PACK

R1364

2 1/2” X 5’6”

5 PACK

LEEDA Umbrellas and Rod Tubes

1.1 PINT 2.2 PINT 3.3 PINT

Super Tough Pole Tube 〉〉 Ultra-rigid wall strength 〉〉 2 1/2” (60mm) outer diameter 〉〉 6’ (1800mm) long G1365

10 PACK

196

1. R5000 2. R5001 3. R5002

ROGUE Rods

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Rogue Carp Rods 12ft

Rogue Carp Rods 10ft

The Rogue 12ft carp rod is perfect for any budding angler looking to target large carp. By utilising the latest blank building technologies these rods provide superb casting power balanced with a soft and forgiving playing action that reduces hook pulls and helps you land more fish.

The Rogue 10ft carp rod is perfect for any budding angler looking to target large carp on intimate venues such as canals, small lakes and rivers. By utilising the latest blank building technologies these rods provide superb casting power balanced with a soft and forgiving playing action that reduces hook pulls and helps you land more fish..

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

50mm butt ring (40mm on 2.75lb) Screw lock reel seat Detailed weave finish Line clip Lightweight and robust

〉〉 40mm butt ring 〉〉 Screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Detailed weave finish 〉〉 Line clip

A5526 2.75LB EACH

〉〉 Lightweight and robust

A5527 3LB

EACH

A5529 2.75LB EACH

A5528 3.5LB EACH

A5530 3.5LB EACH

Rogue Specimen Rods The Rogue Specimen 11’ rods are available in 1.75lb and 2.00lb test curves to cz a multitude of specimen fishing disciplines. The Rogue Specimen rods are ideal for : Floater rods for targeting surface feeding summer carp High octane barbel fishing on the river Small water rods for specimen carp, tench & bream

197

Lightweight and easy to handle each rod has a shaped casting grip on the butt, a line clip and the ferules are protected by a metal ring to increase durability and to protect the joints whilst being transported. A0210

11FT 1.75LB

EACH

A0211

11FT 2LB

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Rogue 6500/7500FD The 6500FD and 7500FD are a big pit reel that is the perfect tool for any budding angler looking to target large carp. The internal components include 5+1 stainless steel ball bearings for a smooth retrieve, a dedicated front drag system and also a slowed oscillation gear for improved line lay.

For strength and durability the reel body has been manufactured using a graphite compound and we’ve included a robust, die-cast aluminium power handle for added cranking power. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

5+1 Ball Bearing Die-cast power handle Soft touch handle grip Front drag mechanism EACH

02 C0604 7500FD

EACH

ROGUE Reels

01 C0603 6500FD

Rogue 6500/7500FS 01 The 6500FS and 7500FS are a big pit reel that is the perfect tool for any budding angler looking to target large carp. The internal components include 5+1 stainless steel ball bearings for a smooth retrieve, a dedicated freespool system and also a slowed oscillation gear for improved line lay. For strength and durability the reel body has been manufactured using a graphite compound and we’ve included a robust, die-cast aluminium power handle for added cranking power. 5+1 Ball Bearing Die-cast power handle Soft touch handle grip Freespool mechanism

01 C0601 6500FS

EACH

02 C0602 7500FS

EACH

198

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Rogue FRP Holdall

Rogue Quiver

The FRP Holdall gives full rod protection to two, made-up rods and reels, kept safely apart by internal padded dividers and an external, hardened padded outer to protect from knocks while transporting and being stored. Externally there is the capability of strapping on an extra rod or umbrella and generous pockets for a landing net and banksticks.

The Rouge Quiver is ideal for the mobile angler.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Full Rod Protection 2 Rod C apacity Padded Reel Pouch External Pockets

It will comfortably hold three rods, and the two outer pockets will accommodate landing net handles, u mbrella, and storm poles. Featuring a fully padded and adjustable strap, carry handle and D ring fastening. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Comfortably holds three rods Two outer pockets Light and compact Fully padded strap

H0201 EACH

ROGUE Rods

H2152 EACH

Rogue Rod Tip & Butt Protectors The Rogue Tip and Butt Protectors have been designed to give a lightweight solution for storing and carrying made up rods. They can be used on rods with slim-line butt sections or traditional cork style handles and their soft, padded neoprene gives great protection to both the ends of the rods and the tip ring. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Soft neoprene protection Protects tips and butts Secure fitting 1 Pair per pack

199

H2156 PAIR

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Rogue 12ft Rod Sleeve

The Bag Pack will cover all your terminal tackle and bank side essential storage requirements, with ample space to spare. The main compartment is fully padded to offer comfort and protection from the equipment stored inside when being carried on your back. Externally there are three outer pockets that will comfortably accommodate all your smaller items of tackle.

The Rogue 12ft rod sleeve is designed to compliment our Rouge quiver.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

H0200 EACH

Takes 12ft rod Each large reel pouch to take big pit reels Padded for protection Carry handle Adjustable shoulder strap

H0202 EACH

ROGUE Luggage

Moulded EVA base Three outer pockets Fully padded m ain compartment Adjustable shoulder strap Dimensions: 260mm [d] x 220mm [h] x 460mm [w]

200

Rogue Bag Pack

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Rogue EVA Lead Pouches

Rogue Accessory Cases

The heavy-duty EVA material provides superb protection for either heavy tackle items, such as leads, or delicate items such as alarms and compact cameras.

A great, little bag to help organise small tackle items making them easier to find. Incorporates an internal divider to customise your bag and a reinforced, clear lid to help identify the contents without having to open the bag to see what’s inside.

〉〉 A three-quarter heavy-duty zip opening gives easy access to the stored items. With two sizes available, these EVA pouches provide great tackle storage solutions. 〉〉 Lead or accessory pouch 〉〉 Hard-wearing EVA 〉〉 Heavy-duty zips 〉〉 Protects delicate items

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Clear lid Strong two-way zip Adjustable divider Fully padded Medium: 18cm x 13cm x 8cm Large: 26cm x 18cm x 8cm

H2153 SMALL EACH

H2157

H2154 MEDIUM

H2158 LARGE

MEDIUM EACH EACH

ROGUE Luggage

EACH

Rogue Specimen Landing Nets The aluminium, ‘D’-section frame adds lightness, s trength and rigidity. Dual mesh aids netting. Large diameter side mesh reduces water-resistance and fine, bottom mesh safely cradles your fish.

201

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Dual mesh Quick dry Aluminium frame Brass screw thread Available in 20” and 24”

Q1050 20”

EACH

Q1051 24”

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Rogue Net Float The Rogue Net Float can easily be added to any landing net and is secured in place by an adjustable Velcro strap. The net float helps to keep the net and handle afloat making the task of netting fish single-handed much easier and less tiring on the arm. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Water repellent fabric 〉 Superb buoyancy Light weight Easy to attach

Rogue Landing Net And Handle

NEW

A 6ft heavy-duty pole and fish-friendly mesh of sensible depth, combined with a durable moulded spreader block; both sporting brass threads – this landing net and handle combo is ideal for Carp, Predator and Specimen anglers. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

ROGUE Landing Net & Handle

H2155 EACH

6ft, one-piece handle Quick dry mesh Moulded spreader block Brass thread

Q7002 42” EACH

202

Q7003 36” EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Rogue Wireless Bite Alarm The compact and responsive Rogue Wireless Bite Alarm is perfect for any carp and specimen angler in the market for a durable bite detection system that boasts an array of practical features. The alarm comes equipped with detachable snag ears to ensure rod security on aggressive takes and is fully compatible with the Rogue Wireless Receiver, boasting a signal range of 200m. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Adjustable volume and tone control Nightlight function Detachable snag ears Efficient battery consumption Memory function - settings remain after switching off 200m receiver range Powered by three LR44 batteries

ROGUE Bite Alarms

R1600 WHITE EACH R1601 RED EACH R1602 BLUE EACH R1603 PURPLE EACH

Rogue Wireless Receiver The compact and responsive Rogue Wireless Receiver has been designed to work in conjunction with the Rogue Wireless Bite Alarm and is the perfect tackle addition for any carp and specimen angler in the market for a durable bite detection system that boasts an array of practical features. The receiver boasts a signal range of 200m and is fully compatible with the Rogue Wireless Bite Alarm. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Adjustable volume and tone control Efficient battery consumption Memory function - settings remain after switching off 200m receiver range

R1598 EACH

Rogue Wireless Bite Alarm and Receiver 2 Pack 〉〉 Contains 2 x Wireless Alarms and Wireless Reciever. R1599 EACH

Rogue Bite Alarm The compact and responsive Rogue Bite Alarm is perfect for any specimen angler that requires electronic bite detection. Offering adjustable volume control settings and a sensitive roller wheel this alarm perfectly indicates bite detection and offers superb value at an incredible price. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

One touch volume control Blue LED Memory function – settings remain after switching off Compact size Powered by three LR44 batteries (included) Isotope fixing points

203

R1596

10 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Rogue Walled Unhooking Mat The Rogue Walled Mat has been designed to deliver excellent comfort and protection to fish whilst they are being unhooked. The specifically developed side walls have been filled with soft foam, which enables the walls to stand upright and contain carp safely up to 40lb. The mat comes supplied with a carry handle for ease of transportation and is produced using durable materials that will stand up to the rigors of a life outdoors. Length: 90cm Width: 55cm Height: 17cm Raised walls for total protection 210D waterproof outer Velcro cover Kneel mat

H8052 EACH

ROGUE Unhooking Mats

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Rogue Carp Cradle The Rogue carp cradle has been designed to deliver excellent comfort and protection to fish whilst they are being unhooked. The specifically developed frame suspends the fish inside the cradles hammock whilst being unhooked. The cradle design ensures that the fish is retained safely within the product. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Stable three leg aluminium frame Compact folding design Velcro cover Carry straps

204

H8051 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Rogue Pack Pod The Rogue Pack Pod has been designed to be lightweight and super-compact in its packed-down state, yet can be quickly set up to become a super-stable, full-size, three rod pod. Easily able to fit in a small carryall, rucksack or side pocket, the Rogue Pack Pod is the perfect companion for any angler who wishes to travel light or fishes swims where the use of bank sticks is not possible, such as hard standings and platforms. Alternatively the buzz bars can be used in conjunction with the bank sticks provided to produce a goal-post set-up or a single stick set up. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Super stable set-up Light-weight aluminium construction Buzz bars included Carry case included

ROGUE Rod Pods

X7001 EACH

Pack Down Size: 40cmx15cmx6cm

Rogue 3 in 1 Rod Pod Designed for use with up to 3 rods, the Rogue rod pod has many features and overall looks of more expensive pods on the market but at a fraction of the price. The Rogue rod pod can be used in a variety of ways to offer the best choice for anglers who fish a variety of venues and require maximum support for their rods. The Rogue rod pod includes the pod, buzz bars and also 8x 10 inch single bank sticks, meaning it can be used in multiple ways. The pod is also supplied in a sturdy carry bag that has enough space to take 3 alarms and indicators to allow for these items to be kept on the buzz bars for quick set up once at the chosen swim. The bag features Velcro securing straps to secure the pod, buzz bars and bank sticks in one place and to avoid damage during transit. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Strong and lightweight, aluminium construction Front and rear buzz bars included Supplied in heavy-duty, storage bag The ultimate rod support set up – covers every situation

X7000 EACH

205

Comes Complete with Carry Case

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Rogue Buzz Bars

X0151

2 ROD BUZZ BARS

EACH

X0150

3 ROD BUZZ BARS

EACH

ROGUE Metalware

〉〉 Light-weight aluminium construction 〉〉 2 per pack

Rogue Extending Bank Sticks 〉〉 Light-weight aluminium construction 〉〉 Availble in 7.5”, 9.5”, 12”, 20” and 32” 〉〉 Come in a pack of 5 7.5"

5 PACK

02 X0159

9.5"

5 PACK

03 X0156

12"

5 PACK

04 X0157

20"

5 PACK

05 X0158

32"

5 PACK

01 02 03 04 05

206

01 X0155

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Complete Tackle Box with Rig Board 〉〉 Made from super-tough, ABS plastic 〉〉 Rig and accessory box included 〉〉 Removable dividers to allow for personalisation

LEEDA Specimen Accessories

R2266 EACH

Specimen Rig Box 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

34cm l ong, hard , rig box ABS plastic, hard-case design Storage compartment for hair stops and accessories Supplied with rig pins

R2267 EACH

Leeda Stiff Rig Board

Baits Pots XL

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Can comfortably hold up to 75 rigs Designed for short and long rigs Protects expensive hook links in transit Heavy-duty zip Supplied with pins

4-pack for multiple bait storage Ideal for pre-soaking baits Waterproof seals to prevent leaks Semi-transparent for bait identification

H7107 EACH

207

H7105 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Specimen Bivvy Table 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Aluminium construction bivvy table Folding legs Rubberised feet to prevent slipping Size: 15 x 9 x 6 inch (40 x 24 x 17.5cm)

Leeda Barrow This compact, strong and robust barrow is ideal for those anglers who do short sessions or are limited on space in transport.

LEEDA Specimen Accessories

H7011 EACH

The Leeda Specimen barrow packs down flat, taking up little room whilst being transported and only takes minutes to assemble once at your destination. A single wheel design makes it stable and manoeuvrable on all types of ground. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Strong, steel construction Single wheel design Folds totally flat for storage Removable wheel and handles for transport

208

R3000 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Weigh Bar 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Weigh bar for use with scales Strong steel construction Weigh big fish easier and more accurately Ergonomic-design, EVA handle for comfort

LEEDA Specimen Accessories

G7302 EAECH

Folding Unhooking Mat 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Roll-up design with retention straps Suitable for all fish species Includes carry/stink bag Size: 4 2 inch (106cm) x 25 inch (63cm)

H7108 EACH

Specimen Weigh Sling

Specimen Net and Handle Combos

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fish-friendly, mesh construction Suitable for all UK fish species Supplied in h andy storage/ stink bag Strong, double -sewn handles for secure weighing

209

H7110 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

36 or 42 inch mixed mesh net 6ft telescopic handle with grip section Strong and lightweight design Supplied in carry bag

Q7000

36” COMBO

EACH

Q7001

42” COMBO

EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Leeda Super Braid

G7700

15LB 150YDS

EACH

G7701

20LB 150YDS

EACH

G7702

30LB 150YDS

EACH

G7703

40LB 150YDS

EACH

G7704

50LB 150YDS

EACH

G7705

15LB 300YDS

EACH

G7706

20LB 300YDS

EACH

G7707

30LB 300YDS

EACH

G7708

40LB 300YDS

EACH

G7709

50LB 300YDS

EACH

LEEDA Braid/Scales

Leeda super braid has been specifically designed to be used by all anglers who require maximum feeling when fishing in deep water, long-casting properties if fishing at range or, simply, the strength and durability offered by modern braided mainlines. Made from a unique process, the Leeda super braid offers anglers the opportunity to stay in contact with their baits and to spot bites quicker, due to the near zero stretch factor of the line sending every movement of a fish back to the angler holding the rod. Leeda super braid is round in profile, ultra-thin for its breaking strain and has superb knot strength. Supplied on 150 or 300 yard spools, the product appeals to anglers who require a larger capacity spool for fishing over deep water or extreme range but a far more economical purchase to those who only require 150 yards for spodding, pike or lure fishing.

Digital Scales 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

25kg/55lb max weight capacity Push-button operation Easy-grip handle Tare/zero function Auto shut-off function Uses 9v battery (not included)

G7300 EACH

55lb Dial Scales 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

55lb/25kg Max weight capacity Dial intervals of 100g and 4oz Impact-resistant casing Large, easy-read dial Supplied with weigh hooks Simple and easy to use

210

G7301 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Pike Float Kits

Trace Selection Card

Contains 〉〉 1 x in-line pike float 〉〉 1 x egg weight 〉〉 1 x accessories pack including hard beads, buffer bead and float stops 〉〉 1 x 30lb supple wire, 2 hook rig - semi barbed 〉〉 Available in 15g and 25g

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

1 x 7 strand wire Snap and swivel connection 26lb wire Contains 20x 6”, 20x 9” and 20x 12” 60 traces in total

L6024 EACH EACH

L6026 25G

EACH

LEEDA Pike Accessories

L6025 15G

15G PIKE FLOAT KIT

25G PIKE FLOAT KIT 15G

WEIGHT

GRAMS

15 25

SIZE 8 6

SEMI BARBED SUPER SHARP HOOKS

30LB

SOFT STEEL WIRE

SET UP TIPS INCLUDED

www.leeda.co.uk

211

SIZE 6

SEMI BARBED SUPER SHARP HOOKS

www.leeda.co.uk

Pike Trace Semi Barbed

Pike Spinning Trace

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉 Made from 30lb 1 x 7 strand wire trace 〉〉 2 traces per pack

Made from 7 x 7 strand wire Semi-barbed, super-sharp, treble hooks Free, low-resistance run ring and buffer bead in every pack Available in size 8 and 6

L6021

SIZE 8

EACH

L6022

SIZE 6

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

L6023 EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Luggage The Leeda range of luggage offers a something-for-everyone solution to housing all your essential and day to day fishing gear, with 4 sizes in the range covering every situation for both short session and long stay anglers alike. Made using 600D hard-wearing fabric these bags feature strong carry handles with comfort grip and carry straps to make carrying the bag easier and more comfortable for the angler. The bags also feature outside pockets for smaller tackle items or for storing items such as phones, wallets or car keys while fishing.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, removable, shoulder strap Cube design offers maximum space for many tackle items Dimensions: 250mm [d] x 270mm [h] x 370mm [w]

H9149 EACH

LEEDA Luggage

Compact Carryall

Small Carryall 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, removable, shoulder strap Cube design offers maximum space for many tackle items Dimensions: 210mm [d] x 320mm [h] x 410mm [w]

H9150 EACH

Medium Carryall 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, removable, shoulder strap Ideal for anglers who fish for a variety of species Dimensions: 250mm [d] x 270mm [h] x 550mm [w]

212

H9151 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Large Carryall/ Barrow Bag

Mini Carryall Bag

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, removable, shoulder strap Ideal for medium to long stay anglers and barrow users Dimensions: 310mm [d] x 300mm [h] x 690mm [w]

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, removable, shoulder strap Perfect for the roving angler Dimensions: 190mm [d] x 260mm [h] x 500mm [w]

H9146 EACH

Rover Bag

Compact Rucksack

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

LEEDA Luggage

H9152 EACH

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable shoulder strap Perfect for the roving angler Dimensions: 180mm [d] x 300mm [h] x 370mm [w]

213

H9147 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

High quality, hard-wearing, 600d fabric Olive green colour Comfortable, padded, shoulder straps Perfect for the roving angler Dimensions: 310mm [d] x 370mm [h] x 550mm [w]

H9148 EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Neoprene Chest Wader 〉〉 Made from 4 mm high grade neoprene 〉〉 Moulded, quality, PVC boot foot with cleated sole 〉〉 Deep, chest pocket and hand-warmer pockets SIZE 7

T2400

SIZE 8

EACH EACH

T2401

SIZE 9

EACH

T2402

SIZE 10

EACH

T2403

SIZE 11

EACH

T2404

SIZE 12

EACH

LEEDA Waderas

T2399

PVC Chest Waders

T2790

SIZE 8

EACH

T2791

SIZE 9

EACH

T2792

SIZE 10

EACH

T2793

SIZE 11

EACH

T2794

SIZE 12

EACH

214

〉〉 Fantastic value, sturdy, neoprene, lined, PVC boot with rugged cleated sole 〉〉 Lightweight PU-coated nylon upper with welded, double-stitched seams 〉〉 Adjustable webbing straps on shoulders

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Profil Breathable Chest Waders

The new Leeda Profil Breathable Waist Waders are constructed from dark olive three-ply breathable fabric with an extra three-ply layer in the most important wear points at the knees and rear ensuring superb durability.

The comfortable four point shoulder harness can be fully removed, enabling the chest wader to be rolled down so it can be used as a waist wader if required.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Three-ply Breathable fabric 3+3 Reinforced areas Built-in gravel guards Wading belt included

T5144 T5145 T 5146 T5147

MEDIUM LARGE XL XXL

NEW

Featuring fully adjustable webbing belt straps this ensures a perfect ﬁt is easily obtained. The Profil thigh wader is perfect for when wading shallower margins and streams and allow a much cooler option if walking any distance to conventional PVC waders. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Three-ply breathable fabric 3+3 Reinforced areas Built-in gravel guards Internal phone/keypocket

T5152 T5153 T 5154 T 5155

MEDIUM LARGE XL XXL

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Three-ply breathable fabric 3+3 Reinforced areas Built-in gravel guards Internal phone/keypocket

T5148 T5149 T 5150 T 5150

EACH EACH EACH EACH

Profil Breathable Thigh Waders

215

NEW

The new Leeda Profil Breathable Chest Waders are constructed from a dark olive three- ply breathable fabric with an extra three-ply layer in the most important wear points at the knees and rear ensuring superb durability.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

PROFIL Waders

Profil Breathable Waist Waders

NEW

MEDIUM LARGE XL XXL

Profil wading Boots

NEW

The Profil wading boot has been constructed using super light materials, incorporating a reinforced toe rand and padded ankle support which gives superb comfort for wading over long periods without compromising on durability or style. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Specially-designed, rubber wading sole Super-lightweight construction Easy -lace design Stud compatible

T5156 T5157 T 5158 T 5159 T 5160

SIZE 8 SIZE 9 SIZE 10 SIZE 11 SIZE 12

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

216

PROFIL Rods

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Profil XS The Profil XS is an ideal fly rod range which has been designed to utilise the latest rod building technologies to offer great performance features and indeed looks at very competitive price point.

PROFIL Rods

〉〉 Slim, light responsive blanks 〉〉 Middle to tip action 〉〉 Full wells cork handle 〉〉 Lightweight snake guides 〉〉 Supplied with cloth bag 〉〉 Double up-locking rings 〉〉 Supplied with rod tube A1006

10FT WT-8

EACH

A1007

10FT WT-7

EACH

A1008

9FT WT-6

EACH

Profil Stillwater An ideal fly rod range for stillwater use which offers exceptional value for money. 〉〉 Slim, light responsive blanks 〉〉 Middle to tip action 〉〉 Full wells cork handle 〉〉 Lightweight snake guides 〉〉 Supplied with cloth bag 〉〉 Keeper ring A1001

10FT WT-7

EACH

A1000

10FT WT-8

EACH

A1003

9FT WT-6

EACH

Profil Stream The perfect rod range for river use which offering exceptional value for money.

217

〉〉 Slim, light responsive blanks 〉〉 Middle to tip action 〉〉 Half wells cork handle 〉〉 Lightweight snake guides 〉〉 Supplied with cloth bag 〉〉 Double up-locking reel 〉〉 Keeper ring A1005

7FT WT-3

EACH

A1004

8FT WT-4

EACH

A1003

9FT WT-5

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

PROFIL Rods

Profil Tele-Spin R

NEW

The Leeda Tele-Spin rod offers excellent quality and features. Designed for use in fresh and saltwater, this rod is perfectly suited to anyone who fishes on the move or wants a practical rod to put in the suitcase or boot of the car for holidays at home and abroad. 〉〉 Closed length = 58cm / 22.5 inches 〉〉 Matt finish blank 〉〉 Screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Lined rings 〉〉 Full EVA handle A0143 8FT

EACH

A0144 10FT EACH

Profil Spin R Ideal for targeting all manner of fish species from prdatory coarse fish to migratory species like slamon and sea trout. 〉〉 Suitable for lures and spinners in weights from 10g to 30g 〉〉 Matt finish blank 〉〉 Screw lock reel seat 〉〉 Lined rings 〉〉 2 piece blank A0141 8FT EACH

218

A0142 10FT EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Profil LA Cassette Fly Reels 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Large arbor design cassette system fly reel Stylish, aluminium body Ultra-smooth, central, disc drag system Quick-release spool Two additional spare spools Converts from LH to RH retrieve easily

Capacity Information LA5/6 = 100m 20lb backing + 5/6 standard length flyline (weight 190 grams) LA7/8 = 100m 20lb backing + 7/8 standard length flyline (weight 210 grams) C0780 LA5/6

EACH EACH

C0782

SPARE SPOOL 5/6

EACH

C0783

SPARE SPOOL 7/8

EACH

PROFIL Reels

C0781 LA7/8

Each reel supplied with 2 spare spools

Leeda Ready To Fish LA Fly Reels

Leeda Fly Reels

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Capacity Information 〉〉 LA5/6 = 100m 20lb backing + 5/6 standard length flyline 〉〉 LA7/8 = 100m 20lb backing + 7/8 standard length flyline

Super-strong and lightweight graphite frame and spool Large arbor design for reduced line memory and faster retrieve. Smooth, central, disc drag system Audible check mechanism

LA 5/6 size - pre-loaded with 100m of backing and WF6F fly line + 6lb tapered leader (weight 148 grams) LA 7/8 size - pre-loaded with 100m of backing and WF7F fly line + 6lb tapered leader (weight 168 grams)

219

C0120 LA5/6

C0122 LA5/6

EACH

C0123 LA7/8

EACH

C0126

SPARE SPOOL 5/6

EACH

C0127

SPARE SPOOL 7/8

EACH

C0121 LA7/8

EACH

C0126

SPARE SPOOL 5/6

EACH

C0127

SPARE SPOOL 7/8

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Polyhead Tapered Leaders Leeda Polyhead Tapered Leaders are an ideal choice when it comes to presentation or indeed offering your fly or flies in a different manner. With both five foot and ten foot version available, and for both trout and salmon, these are a great choice for still or running water fishing situations.

J0681 J0682 J0683 J0684 J0685 J0686 J0687 J0688

TROUT TROUT TROUT TROUT TROUT TROUT TROUT TROUT

5FT FLOATING 5FT INTER 5FT SLOW SINK 5FT FAST SINK 10FT FLOATING 10FT INTER 10FT SLOW SINK 10FT FAST SINK

0IPS 1.5IPS 2.5IPS 5IPS 0IPS 1.5IPS 2.5IPS 5IPS

J0689 J0690 J0691 J0692 J0693 J0694 J0695 J0696

SALMON SALMON SALMON SALMON SALMON SALMON SALMON SALMON

5FT FLOATING 5FT INTER 5FT SLOW SINK 5FT FAST SINK 10FT FLOATING 10FT INTER 10FT SLOW SINK 10FT FAST SINK

0IPS 1.5IPS 2.5IPS 5IPS 0IPS 1.5IPS 2.5IPS 5IPS

PROFIL Tippet

Quick and easy loop to loop attachment Tapered for easy casting Looped at either end Available from floating to fast sink

220

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

9ft Tapered Leaders

221

PROFIL Casts

〉〉 9ft knotless, tapered fly leaders 〉〉 Colour-coded loops to quickly identify the point size 〉〉 Pack of 10 J1206

2LB

10 PACK

J1205

3LB

10 PACK

J1204

4LB

10 PACK

J1203

5LB

10 PACK

J1202

6LB

10 PACK

J1201

7LB

10 PACK

15ft Selecta Cast 〉〉 Big diameter butt (50% heavier than other similar leaders) and steep-taper profile assure better fly presentation and smoother turnover 〉〉 15ft long so that the leader can be tailored to you 〉〉 Pack of 10 J1235

NO.1 3LB

10 PACK

J1236

NO.2 5LB

10 PACK

J1237

NO.3 7LB

10 PACK

Casts With 2 Droppers

9ft Salmon Cast

〉〉 9ft fly casts with two droppers ready-tied for presenting wet flies or teams of nymphs 〉〉 Taper profile assures better fly presentation and smoother turnover 〉〉 Pack of 10

〉〉 9ft knotless, tapered fly leaders. Colour-coded loops to quickly identify the point size 〉〉 Pack of 10 J1225

10LB

10 PACK

J1224

3LB

10 PACK

J1226

13LB

10 PACK

J1223

4LB

10 PACK

J1227

17LB

10 PACK

J1222

5LB

10 PACK

J1221

6LB

10 PACK

J1220

8LB

10 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Backing Line

〉〉 Standard diameters, compatible with all fly reels Available in 3 colours: Fluorescent Orange Fluorescent Yellow White 〉〉 20lb & 30lb breaking strains 〉〉 Supplied on 100m spools 〉〉 Pack of 5 J0550

20LB YELLOW

J0551

20LB WHITE

5 PACK 5 PACK

J0552

20LB ORANGE

5 PACK

J0553

30LB ORANGE

5 PACK

Braided Loops Leeda Profil braided loops offer a simple solution to attaching your fly line to backing line and tippet materials.

PROFIL Backing & Loops & Leaders

Leeda Profil fly backing has been made using a special weave process that produces a soft and ultra supple backing line with great knot strength and overall profile.

J0554

TROUT CLEAR

5 PACK

J0555

SALMON CLEAR

5 PACK

J0556

TROUT FLUORO MIX 5 PACK

222

Available in 3 styles Trout - clear Trout - fluoro mixed Salmon - clear 〉〉 Tube pre-fitted to every loop 〉〉 3 loops per pack 〉〉 Pack of 5

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Pro Fly Box The Profil Pro fly box is a medium- sized, fully waterproof fly box with the capacity to hold up to 284 flies. The box features an impactresistant plastic body to ensure protection of valuable and delicate flies and also features a fully-waterproof seal to keep water at bay if accidentally dropped into the water. The box has 14 rows of slotted foam retainers to keep hook points secure so you can organise your flies and maximise your angling time. Available in three of the most popular colours so you can quickly identify various patterns and styles of fly without the need to open multiple boxes.

PROFIL Fly Boxes

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Fully-waterproof fly box Holds up to 284 flies Clear-view lids Double-sided

J0544 BLACK EACH J0545

YELLOW EACH

JO546 GRREN EACH

223

Double Sided Slotted Foam Design

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

Fully waterproof seal

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Fly Box The Profil fly box has been designed to offer maximum visibility to anglers with quick access. With clear lids on both sides you can see what flies are in your box without the need to open each one individually, saving precious, fishing time.

BLACK

5 PACK

J0542

YELLOW

5 PACK

JO543

GRREN

5 PACK

Counter-top display packaging

Double-Sided, Slotted Foam Design

224

J0540

PROFIL Fly Boxes

〉〉 Unique, fast-access clip - open and close one-handed 〉〉 Clear, double-sided lids 〉〉 Slotted, foam fly retainers 〉〉 Locate flies quickly 〉〉 Tough and durable 〉〉 Holds 250 flies

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Priest

Vest Pack

〉〉 Soft-touch, EVA handle 〉〉 Free lanyard included 〉〉 Quick and easy to use

〉〉 Essential tackle for fly/game anglers 〉〉 Includes snips, zinger, forceps and leader straightener 〉〉 Made using high quality materials

J0531 EACH

Leeda Game Nets

J0537 EACH

5 Inch Forceps

Zinger & Snips

〉〉 Stainless steel construction 〉〉 Helps to safely unhook fish 〉〉 Ideal for crushing barbs on catch and release waters

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

J0539 EACH

J0534

Leader Straightener

Tippet Retainer

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Strong and lightweight construction Multi-position attachment Extend the life of your leaders and tippets Pack of 5

J0532

5 PACK

Lightweight and strong construction Stainless steel snips Multi position attachment pack of 5 5 PACK

Strong and lightweight construction Multi-position attachment Offers quick access to tippet leader material Pack of 5

J0538

5 PACK

Line Clippers

Magnetic Net Hanger

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Stainless steel construction Sharp, strong and long lasting Trims line for a super-neat finish Pack of 5

J0533

5 PACK

Quick access and storage of your fishing net Strong, magnetic connection Lightweight and strong, aluminium construction Pack of 5

J0535

5 PACK

Zinger 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Lightweight and strong construction Multi-position pin on attachment Offers quick access to essential items Pack of 5

225

J0536

5 PACK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Flip Up Game Net 40cm & Handle

Flip Up Game Net 50cm & Handle

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Great value for money Knotless, soft mesh suitable for catch and release Strong, yet lightweight, flip-up head design Compact, folding, extending two-piece handle with belt clip and lanyard

Q0276 EACH

Flip Up Game Net 60cm & Handle

Magnetic Scoop Net

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉 Strong, aluminium construction 〉〉 Magnetic clip on handle 〉〉 Soft, fish-friendly mesh

Leeda Game Nets

Q0275 EACH

Great value for money Knotless, soft mesh suitable for catch and release Strong, yet lightweight, flip-up head design Compact, folding, extending two-piece handle with belt clip and lanyard

Q0281 EACH

226

Q0277 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

4” Filleting/Bait Knife

Bait Scissors

〉〉 Stainless steel blade with protective sheath 〉〉 Free knife sharpener and hook sharpener with every knife 〉〉 Comfort -grip handle

〉〉 Ideal for saltwater or freshwater anglers 〉〉 Stainless steel construction 〉〉 Super-sharp cutting edge 〉〉 Textured-finished, large finger holes offer sure grip for added safety even when wet

P0100 EACH

LEEDA Knives/Scissors

P0109 EACH

6” Filleting Knife

Cutting Edge Scissors

〉〉 Stainless steel blade with protective sheath 〉〉 Free knife sharpener and hook sharpener with every knife 〉〉 Comfort -grip handle

〉〉 Ultra-sharp, stainless steel blades 〉〉 Free hook sharpener included 〉〉 Suitable for mono or braid P0106 EACH

P0101 EACH

9” Filleting Knife

Fillet Glove

〉〉 Stainless steel blade with protective sheath 〉〉 Free knife sharpener and hook sharpener with every knife 〉〉 Comfort -grip handle

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Stainless steel construction Reduces accidental injury Provides a safe grip on fish One size fits all

P0103 EACH

227

P0102 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Bass Bag Soft nylon mesh Quick drying Size: 18” x 18” (46cm x 46cm) Pack of 10 10 PACK

Fly Float Spray 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Dresses dry flies instantly Contains hackle-stiffening agent Makes flies float longer Pack of 6

J1459-6PK

6 PACK

LEEDA Fly Accessories

H0031

228

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

229

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

230

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

NEW

ICON Sea Rods

M-Sport Elite Rods

NEW

The New M-Sport Elite range, have a few additions and improvements on the originals and are set to be the must have multiplier rods for 2018. Having key improvements such as Fuji components, glass tip, compatibility for a reducer, improved carbon composite; the ultimate tool for distance casting on any type of ground. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High Modulus carbon blank with superb action and recovery Glass tip for improved sensitivity High performance Fuji K guides – rung for multiplier reels Full Japanese shrink wrap handle Parallel butt section High strain rate for a faster and more responsive action Reinforced lower butt section for use with a reducer Supplied with coasters and a sliding reel seat Length: 13ft 10” – 4.2m 2 pieces (reducer optional) Ideal for distance fishing over clean ground (Match) Ideal for distance fishing over mixed grounds (Power) Ideal for distance fishing over rough ground (Ultra)

A3030

MATCH

CW: 3.5 - 6OZ

EACH

A3031

POWER

CW: 4 - 7OZ

EACH

A3032

ULTRA

CW: 4 - 8OZ

EACH

A3033 REDUCER

EACH

231

Compatible with M-Sport Elite rods

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

ICON Sea Rods

M-Sport Rods

M-Sport Rods The Icon M-Sport range punches seriously above its price bracket with actions, bite detection and sheer casting ability of rods twice its price. These rods are built for the UK coastline no matter what ground is fished over, but equally would not be out of place on a tournament, casting field, such is the ability of this range of rods. Icon M-Sport Match – Ideal for fishing cleaner ground with leads up to 6oz, giving excellent bite detection but a reserve of power in the lower 2/3 of the rod to cast distance and tame large fish Icon M-Sport Power – The all-round, rough-ground rod for use with leads up to 7oz. The take-anywhere, fish-anywhere rod, equally at home on the rough beaches as it is deep rock marks. Although a power rod, the bite detection is not compromised but with its reserve of power it is capable of taming any UK shore species and casting a large bait to the horizon. Icon M-Sport Ultra Power – The ultimate, rough-ground rod for use with leads up to 8oz. This is for extreme, rough-ground fishing and for taming not only the largest of UK shore species but has already out-gunned beasts all over the world with Sharks and Rays to over 300lb to its name. High-modulus, carbon blank for superb action and recovery Length = 13ft 10”/4.2m 2-piece blank Full, Japanese shrink -wrap handle High-gloss finish Supplied with coasters – for fishing reel up or down style Fast-action with sensitive tip section for bite detection Powerful mid and butt section for increased distance and controlled casts Fully-lined sic guides – rung for multiplier reels only

A3010 MATCH

EACH

A3011 POWER

EACH

A3012

EACH

ULTRA POWER

-SPORT 232

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

FXD Series Rods

NEW

The FXD Series from ICON is the new premium continental style rod range. These rods have been developed specifically for UK shores and extensively tested from coast to coast, to ensure they won’t let you down. Both the FXD Sport and Elite rods feature a spliced carbon hybrid tip for improved sensitivity, however the butt and mid-section offer a stiffer progressive action then standard continental rods to produce immense casting capabilities.

ICON Sea Rods

The design of the FXD rods harness the unrivalled tensile strength and carbon elasticity of Japanese Toracya® carbon. The advantages of using high quality carbon is it offers the angler a smoother controlled casting action with a fast recovery.

FXD-Sport 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Available in two lengths Made using Superior ‘Toracya®’ carbon for ultimate tensile strength High performance Fuji K guides Fuji DPS reel seat Spliced Carbon hybrid tip Optimum casting weight: 80-180gr Butt section balance weights: 118gr Average butt diameter: 21-22mm Designed for Fixed spool reels Ergonomic rubberised grip Incorporating everything you need; Power, Accuracy and Sensitivity

A3034 4.2M EACH

233

A3035 4.5M EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

ICON Sea Rods

FXD-Elite 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Available in two lengths Made using Superior ‘Toracya®’ carbon for ultimate tensile strength High performance Fuji K guides Fuji DPS reel seat Spliced Carbon hybrid tip Optimum casting weight: 100-200gr Butt section balance weights: 118gr Average butt diameter: 19-20mm Designed for Fixed spool reels Ergonomic rubberised grip Incorporating everything you need; Power, Accuracy and Sensitivity

A3036 4.2M EACH

234

A3037 4.5M EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

MPR Rods MPR-13 M/FS Ideal for use with leads up to 6oz. This rod is based on the Icon M-Sport action, it has enough power in the butt section to ensure you achieve the distances you need, but at a much more affordable price. Featuring a sliding reel seat for fishing the reel up or down style, and an ultra-sensitive top for bite indication.

ICON Sea Rods

MPR-12 M/FS An all-round rod that is capable of casting leads up to 6 oz. This take-anywhere rod is at home on rough beaches as it is on deep rock marks. Although there is a lot of power in the butt section, bite indication is not effected due to the ultra-sensitive tip. Featuring a sliding reel seat for fishing ‘up or down style’ and a full Japanese shrink handle. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon blank for superb action and recovery Casting weight – 3 – 6oz 2 piece blank Full Japanese shrink wrap handle High gloss finish Fully adjustable sliding reel seat – for fishing reel up or down style Fast action with sensitive tip section for bite detection Powerful mid and butt section for increased distance and controlled casts Fully lined sic guides – rung for multiplier and FS reels

A0126

MPR-13 M/FS

13FT

EACH

A0125

MPR-12 M/FS

12FT

EACH

MPR-Bass 11ft 9” M/FS The Bass M/FS is an affordable Bass rod that features a lot of power within the butt section to ensure you can cast your bait to the required distance, but still has a progressive through action and sensitive tip that’s required when bass fishing. Featuring a sliding reel seat for fishing ‘up or down style’ and a full Japanese shrink handle. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

High modulus carbon blank for superb action and recovery Casting weight – 3 – 5oz Length = 11ft 9in / 3.58m 2 piece blank Full Japanese shrink wrap handle High gloss finish Fully adjustable sliding reel seat – for fishing reel up or down style Progressive action with a super sensitive tip for bite detection Powerful mid and butt section for increased distance and controlled casts Fully lined sic guides – rung for multiplier and FS reels

235

A0127

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

MPR-BASS M/FS

11FT 9INCHES

EACH

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

High modulus carbon blank for superb action and recovery 2 piece super slim blank 22mm parallel butt (including shrinkwrap) Full Japanese shrink wrap handle Fully adjustable sliding DPS reel seat Can be used with multiplier and FS reels High gloss finish Fast action with sensitive tip for ultimate bite detection Powerful butt section for increased distance and controlled casts Fully lined sic guides Ideal for estuaries and close range surf fishing, a perfect bass rod (Bass Sport) Ideal light surf rod with superb bite detection, a perfect flattie rod (Light Sport)

A3021

LIGHT SPORT

12FT 6IN

CW: 3 -5OZ

EACH

A3020

BASS SPORT

11FT 6IN

CW: 2 - 4OZ

EACH

236

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

ICON Sea Rods

Bass & Light Sport Rods

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Light Lure Range

NEW

7ft and 8ft Rods These rods have been design using high modulus carbon, which makes them super light, well balanced, sensitive and easy to use. Both rods are two pieces in essences with the added extra of removable tips, this make the rods much more versatile. Each rods is supplied with a light and a medium carbon tips with optional extra of a heavy tip being available. The ICON Light Lure rods can be used for both coarse and sea fishing and are suited to small lure and soft plastic fishing.

ICON Sea Rods

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Quality lined guides mono & braid friendly Graphite screw fit reel seat Hook keeper Size measure on butt section Section alignment indicators Smooth through action

A0600

ICON LIGHT LURE

7FT

CW: 2-12G

EACH

A0601

ICON LIGHT LURE

8FT

CW: 4-14G

EACH

A0602

SPARE LIGHT TIP EACH

A0603

SPARE MEDIUM TIP EACH

A0604

SPARE HEAVY TIP EACH

Light Lure Reels

237

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

9+1 Ball bearings Gear Ratio: 6.3:1 Aluminium spool CNC handle EVA grip

C1010

LIGHT LURE 10

EACH

C1011

LIGHT LURE 20

EACH

SP1010-1

SPARE SPOOL 10

EACH

SP1011-1

SPARE SPOOL 20

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

NEW

ICON Sea Rods

MX-Boat Rods

NEW

This MX-Boat range of rods offers the ultimate in strength and reliability, built using 24t carbon and featuring heavy duty salt water Fuji guides. This range caters for catching small bait fish through to wreck fishing. Heavy duty Saltwater Fuji HB guides & Fuji BUXOT tip High quality Fuji reel seat 2-piece construction Long tip section for an improved responsive through action Durable EVA handle Compatible with both Braid & Mono

A3200

6 -12LB

EACH

A3201

12 -20LB

EACH

A3202

20 -30LB

EACH

238

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Boat Rods Designed for use while boat fishing for a variety of species, the ICON range of boat rods uses an ultra-slim, high-modulus, carbon blank to allow the angler to feel every bite and movement of the bait while fishing over mixed grounds. The ultra-slim blanks features two-piece construction and have a reserve of power in the lower section to handle larger species, such as cod and pollack, and also feature ultra-sensitive tips to spot bites and to prevent hook pulls while using lighter hook lengths for smaller species. The rods are also designed to be used in conjunction with the ICON M20 or M30 multiplier reels to make the ultimate boat fishing set up. With 3 rods in the range, the ICON rods offer the perfect solution to anyone who wants to get started in the exciting world of boat fishing. Features include 〉〉 Ultra-slim, high-modulus, carbon blanks 〉〉 High gloss finish 〉〉 Shaped, EVA handle for comfort 〉〉 Screw down reel seats 〉〉 Lined sic guides 〉〉 2-piece blanks 8FT 6-12LB

EACH

A3001

8FT 12-20LB

EACH

A3002

7FT 2” 20-30LB

EACH

ICON Sea Rods

A3000

Bass Rod 11ft 6” 2-4oz The ICON bass rod is perfectly suited to be used for a variety of methods whilst fishing from different marks around the coastline. The 2-4oz rating means it can cast a bait a long way with ease and also has a soft-tip action to spot small bites and not to move lighter leads while fishing in the surf. At 11ft 6” long, the rod is also perfectly suited as an all-round, inshore rod to be used whilst casting mackerel feathers and float fishing from the beach, pier or rock marks. The rod has also been designed to be used with the ICON 5000 spin reel that comes pre-loaded with 20lb braid. This reel perfectly balances the rod for superb casting performance. Features include 〉〉 Full, Japanese shrink-wrap handle 〉〉 Fully lined Sic guides 〉〉 High gloss finish 〉〉 Screw lock reel seat 〉〉 UV-reactive, glow tips for night fishing 〉〉 2-piece blank 〉〉 Designed for use with fixed spool or multiplier reels

239

A3003 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

240

ICON Sea Rods

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

To complement the range of ICON saltwater rods, we have designed a new and eye-catching range of reels to partner up with each rod in the ICON range. All the reels feature saltwater-resistant parts to ensure longevity of your tackle. The boat multipliers come pre-loaded with either 30 or 40lb braid to save time and money for the angler who fishes for a variety of species over shallow ground, or the angler who ventures to far-off, deep water marks in search of huge fish. The 6500 and 7500 size fixed spool distance reels are perfectly matched to be used on the 13, 14 or 15ft casting rods and feature superb line lay and cranking power to haul big fish to the shore. The Icon 5000 spin reel also features a pre-loaded spool with 20lb braid to increase bite detection while fishing with lures, wedges or baits from the shoreline or rock marks.

Multipliers

ICON Sea Reels

M20 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Micro-adjust, star drag system 3+1 bb construction One-piece, aluminium spool Heavy-duty gears for maximum durability Level wind system for perfect line lay Power, crank handle Lightweight, graphite frame Braid and mono friendly Gear ratio 5.1:1 Loaded with 30lb braid

C0773 EACH

M30 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

C0774 EACH

Bait Caster 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Left-hand wind, overhead, bait-cast, multiplier reel Lightweight, aluminium body Magnetic and centrifugal, braking systems Micro-adjust, star drag system Level wind for smooth and even line lay Gear ratio 6.2:1 4+1 ball bearings Pre-loaded with 60m of 50lb braided mainline

241

C0775 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

6500 & 7500 Surf Reels 〉〉 Instant, anti-reverse, stainless steel, one-way clutch 〉〉 Front drag with micro-precision adjustment 〉〉 6+1 Ball bearings 〉〉 Brush line stopper 〉〉 Ambidextrous handle with fast-grip handle knob 〉〉 6500 line capacity 330yds of 15lbs 〉〉 7500 ine capacity 360yds of 15lbs C0771 6500 EACH

ICON Sea Reels

C0772 7500 EACH

3000 & 5000 Spin 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Matt black finish body Super-strong, bail arm system Instant, anti-reverse, stainless steel, one-way clutch Front drag with micro-precision adjustment 10+1 ball bearings Ambidextrous handle with fast-grip handle knob Anodised, aluminium spool, plus spare graphite spool included High anti-corrosion and impact performance Pre-loaded with 20lb braided mainline

C0776 EACH

242

C0770 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Tripod The ICON tripod offers excellent rod support for all types of saltwater angling. From big, windswept beaches to small breakwaters and jetties the ICON tripod will hold your rods securely and safely even in big swells and high seas. Made from lightweight aluminium, the tripod is easy to transport and carry, even long distances if fishing far-off marks. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Strong and lightweight, aluminium construction Black finish paint work to fit into the ICON range Rubber-coated, non-scratch rod rests Fully adjustable, butt cups for increased height Leg retention system for transport and storage

ICON Tripods

Q1000 EACH

Tripod (xtra width) The ICON xtra width tripod has been designed with extra wide head and cups to allow for use with fixed spool reels. It offers excellent rod support for all types of saltwater angling. From big windswept beaches to small breakwaters and jetties the ICON tripod will hold your rods securely and safely even in big swells and high seas. Made from lightweight aluminium the tripod is easy to transport and carry long distances if fishing far off marks. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

243

Q1003 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Extending Tripod The Icon Extending Tripod offers the angler a varied amount of r od support options. All three legs are fully adjustable allowing the best stability on any ground in any conditions. Keeping the front legs short and extending the rear leg creates the perfect tripod for low quiver-style fishing. In its packed down state the tripod measures just 54” (137cm), allowing for easy storage and transport Rubber-coated non-scratch rod rests Leg retention system for transport and storage Fully adjustable butt cups for increased height Black finish paint work to help prevent corrosion Strong and lightweight aluminium construction Fully adjustable from 42” (105cm) up to 90” (230cm)

Q1005 EACH

Tripod Net

Tripod Sling

The Icon Tripod Net has been designed to be easily fitted or removed to/ from tripods without the need to remove the cups and fittings. The net is fully constructed from saltwater- proof, non-absorbent materials so corrosion and unwanted smells after use are not an issue. Using a net sling allows wind to pass through the sling which greatly reduces the chance of the tripod getting blown over in strong winds.Clips to any tripod with r ound front legs.

The Icon Tripod Sling has been designed to be easily fitted or removed to/ from tripods without the need to remove the cups a nd fittings. The sling is fully constructed from saltwater-proof, non-absorbent materials so corrosion and unwanted smells after use are not an issue. U sing the sling helps with tripod stability and allows the angler a platform to keep bait and tackle items off the ground whilst fishing.

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Easy to fit/remove Allows wind to pass through increasing stability Non-stink, non-absorbent mesh Can be left in place when collapsing and transporting tripod Aids tripod stability

ICON Tripod Accessories

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Clips to any tripod with round front legs Easy to fit/remove Non-stink, Non-absorbent material Eyelets to allow water drainage Can be left in place when collapsing and transporting tripod Aids tripod stability

Q1010 EACH Q1011 EACH

Head and Cups XL Compatible with any Icon tripod, these cups can be used as replacements or to extend the width of the tripod for use with fixed spool reels.

244

Q1006 EACH

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

ICON Rod Hodall 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

ICON Cool Bag

NEW

Made from a durable material with reinforced base Accomodates 4 to 6 rods No Zip design Padded carry handle Large external pocket Retaining straps Dimensions: Height 145cm Width 20cm Depth 10cm

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Made from a durable material with reinforced base Foil Lining No Zip design Carry handle Dimensions: Height 22cm Width 35cm Depth 23cm

H1021 EACH

ICON Luggage

H1020 EACH

ICON Medium Rig Wallet 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Made from a durable material Reusable clear compartments No Zip design Internal net pocket Dimensions: Height 20cm Width 19cm

NEW

ICON Small Rig Wallet 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Made from a durable material Reusable clear compartments No Zip design Dimensions: Height 18cm Width 10cm

H1023 EACH

245

H1022 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Deluxe ICON Suit 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

NEW

Smock + Bib & Brace set Fully waterproof material with breathable membrane Hard-wearing double layer outer All seams are taped and fully sealed Reflective panels Robust oversized zips Easy fasten storm flaps Strong, durable & reliable

T6000 M EACH

ICON Bib & Brace Set/Hats

EACH

T6002 XL EACH T6003 XXL EACH

Beanie Hats

Windstopper Neck Warmer

Keep the cold at bay with ICON’s beanie hats. Featuring a fleece-lined inner, thick woollen outer with an eye-catching stripe pattern and ‘ICON’ logo and finished off with an embroidered Union Jack emblem. 01 T2300 BEANIE

EACH

02 T2301

EACH

EAR-WARMER BEANIE

Constructed from thick fleece, the ICON neck warmer is the perfect way to warm up, providing you with additional warmth for your neck and chin to prevent drafts and keep your core body temperature up. T2302 EACH

246

T6001 L

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Surfzone

LEEDA Sea Rods

The Surfzone range of rods offers incredible performance, looks and value for money to anyone looking for a great, starter rod or for the more experienced angler looking for a second rod. The Surfzone range of rods has been specifically designed for use when fishing from the beach, rock marks or piers. The 12ft model is best used for longdistance fishing with bigger leads, baits and fish in mind, while the 10ft model is more suited to shorter-range fishing with lighter leads and smaller fish in mind. We have also designed two new, stunning reels to complement the rods. These reels perfectly balance the rods for controlled casting performance and also come pre-loaded with high-quality monofilament to make it easy to get set up and start catching fish today. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Stiff, slim and responsive blank High gloss finish Lined low slung guides Screw up reel seat White high visibility tip

A0650

12FT POWER

EACH

A0651

10FT 3-5OZ

EACH

Sea Rods An exciting range of eyecatching sea rods to suit beginners. Set up instructions and bait information on swing tags. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Very well-balanced blanks 2-piece rods Screw reel fitting EVA handles

Leeda 12ft PowerSurf - Casting weight 4-6oz Leeda 10ft Pier/Rock - Casting weight 3-5oz Leeda 10ft Float and Feather - Casting weight 2-4oz Leeda 8ft 12-20lb Light Boat

247

Leeda 9ft Saltwater Spin - Casting weight 20-80g A2000

12FT POWERSURF

EACH

A2002

10FT PIER/ROCK

EACH

A2003

8FT 12-20LB

EACH

A2004

10FT FLOAT/FEATHER

EACH

A2005

9FT SPIN

EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Surfzone 60 Fixed Spool Reel

Surfzone 70 Fixed Spool Reel

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Instant, anti-reverse, stainless steel, one-way clutch Front drag with micro-precision adjustment 7+1 Ball bearings Ambidextrous handle with fast-grip handle knob Anodised, aluminium spool + spare graphite spool included High anti-corrosion and impact performance Pre-loaded with 12lb line

C0761 EACH

Saltwater 6000

Saltwater 7000

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

LEEDA Sea Reels

CO760 EACH

C0065 EACH

Strong and lightweight, graphite body Long-cast graphite spool Precision line roller with balanced rotor 3 ball bearing construction with power handle Smooth drag system Supplied with 18lb line

C0066 EACH

248

Strong and lightweight, graphite body Long-cast, graphite spool Precision line roller with balanced rotor 3 ball bearing construction with power handle Smooth drag system Supplied with 15lb line

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

6 Inch T Bar Disgorger (Match) The Leeda match disgorger offers a quick, safe and easy-to-use solution to unhooking deeply hooked fish. Made using high-quality, stainless steel, this 6 inch long disgorger is a must have item for any anglers fishing for small fish that r epeatedly swallow the bait deep and become hard to unhook using regular methods. This product is ideal for anyone who fishes for small, match-size fish and is perfect for flatties, dabs and whiting and any small-mouthed fish that can be deeply hooked. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

6 inch long design Stainless steel construction Ideal for saltwater match anglers Helps prevent accidental injury

LEEDA T Bar Disgorgers

P0110 EACH

8 Inch T Bar Disgorger (Medium) The Leeda 8 inch T bar disgorger offers a quick, safe and easy to use solution to unhooking deeply hooked fish. Made using a high quality, stainless steel, this 8 inch long disgorger is a must have item for any angler fishing for big fish that can be difficult to unhook if deeply hooked. This is a useful tool enabling the angler to keep hands and fingers out of harm’s way during the unhooking process and allows for safe return of your catch with minimum stress to the fish. The size of this disgorger is best suited to general angling for medium-sized species and can be used in boat and shore fishing situations. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

8 inch long design Stainless steel construction Ideal for saltwater anglers Helps prevent accidental injury

P0107 EACH

10 Inch T Bar Disgorger (Specimen) The Leeda specimen T bar disgorger offers a quick, safe and easy-to-use solution to unhooking deeply hooked fish. Made using a high quality stainless steel, this 10 inch long disgorger is a must have item for any anglers fishing for big fish using big hooks. Made using high quality, stainless steel for strength and durability, this product is ideal for anyone who fishes for big fish with big teeth, such as sharks, eels or smooth hounds. The multi-position tip enables the angler to push or pull the hooks with one simple movement to extract hooks from deep inside the fish’s mouth and allows for safe return of your catch with minimum stress to the fish. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

10 inch long design Stainless steel construction Ideal for saltwater anglers Helps prevent accidental injury

249

P0108 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Foam Wrap Rests

NEW

These versatile wraps have a multitude of uses and should be in the bag of every sea fisherman. Perfect for use on pier and boat safety rails preventing your rod slipping and scratching against the metal surface, or just simply use them as rod wraps. These wraps really do have hundreds of applications.

P0201

LEEDA

10” 2 PACK

5 PACK

P0200

ICON

17” 2 PACK

5 PACK

P0199

ICON

22” 2 PACK

5 PACK

Twist around pier or boat rails to make a protective rod rest.

Fold over the “ears” to prevent rod loss on savage takes.

LEEDA Sea Accessories

〉〉 Available: 10”,17” and 22” 2 per pack 〉〉 Pack of 5

Use the Wrap Rest whilst transporting rods and tripod to save taking a bag.

Sea Float Kits Made using high-impact foam, the float features a fluoro painted top for maximum visibility. Also included are enough accessories for multiple fishing trips. With three pre-tied hook lengths, it’s a simple task of tying one knot and you’re ready to catch fish. Full instructions included. 1 x extra tough sea float 1 x drilled bullet (weight) 1 x accessories pack including beads, float stops and swivel 3 x pre-tied hook length (simple loop to swivel connection) Available in 18g, 25g and 30g

L6018

18G

5 PACK

L6019

25G

5 PACK

L6020

30G

5 PACK

250

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Bait Sea Rigs

Made using high quality hooks and components, Leeda sea r igs offer superb quality and functionality. 01 Clipped Pulley Pennel

07 Wishbone

Hook Size 1 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

02 Long Range

08 Flattie

Hook Sizes available 2/0 & 3/0 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

03 Deluxe Long Range

LEEDA Sea Rigs

Hook Size 3/0 Rig Body 80lb Hooklength 30lb

Hook Size 2/0 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

04 2 Hook Distance

Hook Size 1/0 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

Hook Size 2 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 20lb

09 Uptide Rig Hook Size 3/0 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

10 Running Rig

Hook Sizes available 2/0 & 5/0 Hooklength 30lb = 2/0 Hooklength 80lb = 5/0

05 2 Up 1 Down

Hook Size 1 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 20lb

06 2 Hook Flapper

Hook Size 1 Rig Body 60lb Hooklength 30lb

01 L6010

CLIPPED PULLEY PENNEL

5 PACK

02 L6011

LONG RANGE

5 PACK

03 L6012

DELUXE LONG RANGE

5 PACK

L6013

LONG RANGE 3/0

5 PACK

04 L6014

2 HOOK DISTANCE

5 PACK

05 L6015

2 UP 1 DOWN

5 PACK

06 L6016

2 HOOK FLAPPER

5 PACK

07 L6017

WISHBONE RIG

5 PACK

08 L6027

FLATTIE RIG

5 PACK

09 L6028

UPTIED RIG

5 PACK

10 L6029

RUNNING RIG

5 PACK

L6030

RUNNING RIG 5/0

5 PACK

251

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

Sea Trace Rigs

The Leeda sea traces are tied to a high specification and made using quality components and mono and give a lifelike action o f small bait fish when worked from piers, jetties and the shoreline. 01 3 Hook Mackerel

07 Crystal Flash

Hook Size 4 Line 40lb Hooks 5

02 6 Hook Mackerel

08 5 Shrimp

Hook Size 3/0 Line 50lb Feathers 6

Hook Size 4 Line 30lb Hooks 5

03 Mackerel Tinsel

09 Sea Flash

Hook Size 3/0 Line 50lb Feathers 4

Hook Size 2 Line 35lb Hooks 3

04 Sea Reflector 1/0

10 Hokkai

Hook Size 1/0 Line 50lb Feathers 4

Hook Size 2 Line 35lb Hooks 5

05 Sea Reflector 3/0

Hook Size 3/0 Line 50lb Feathers 4

06 Sea Bright

Hook Size 3/0 Line 50lb Hooks 4

01 L1000

3 HOOK MACKEREL

5 PACK

02 L1001

6 HOOK MACKEREL

5 PACK

03 L1002

MACKEREL TINSEL

5 PACK

04 L1003

SEA REFLEC 1/0

5 PACK

05 L1004

SEA REFLEC3/0

5 PACK

06 L1005

SEA BRIGHT

5 PACK

07 L1006

AURORA

5 PACK

08 L1007

5 SHRIMP

5 PACK

09 L1008

SILVER FLASH

5 PACK

10 L1009

MINI HOKKAI

5 PACK

252

LEEDA Feather Rigs

Hook Size 2/0 Line 50lb Feathers 3

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Tackle Boxes A range of high-quality, plastic, tackle boxes spanning each discipline of angling. From small, accessory-style boxes up to large tackle and lure boxes, the Leeda range of plastic boxes covers every situation you will encounter. Keep your expensive terminal tackle tidy and organised to ensure longevity of your fishing equipment and accessories.

Cantilever Boxes 2 TRAY

EACH

R2241

2 TRAT DELUXE

EACH

R2240

3 TRAY DELUXE

EACH

60mm

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

R2242

Fold Open Clam Box Large

95m

Fold Open Clam Box Small 〉〉 Dimensions 95mm [l] x 60mm [w] x 28mm [h]

〉〉 Dimensions 120mm [l] x 105mm [w] x 34mm [h]

R2255 EACH

253

R2252 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

95mm

28mm

165mm

75 m

40m

20 Compartment Double Sided Tackle Box

5 Compartment Tackle Box 〉〉 Dimensions 180mm [l] x 75mm [w] x 28mm [h]

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

180

R2248 EACH

〉〉 Dimensions 165mm [l] x 95mm [w] x 40mm [h]

43mm

67mm

R2247 EACH

330

0 24

Mini Cantilever Tackle Box

6-24 Compartment Tackle Box

〉〉 Dimensions 210mm [l] x 108mm [w] x 43mm [h]

〉〉 Dimensions: 330mm [l] x 240mm [w] x 67mm [h]

R2251 EACH

R2253 EACH

254

30mm

4-24 Compartment Tackle Box

6 Compartment Tackle Box

〉〉 Dimensions: 355mm [l] x 225mm [w] x 45mm [h]

〉〉 Dimensions: 185mm [l] x 105mm [w] x 30mm [h]

R2254 EACH

R2258 EACH

180

255

185 355

38mm

30mm

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

45mm

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

115

190

10 Compartment Box

14 Compartment Box

〉〉 Dimensions: 180mm [l] x 115mm [w] x 30mm [h]

〉〉 Dimensions: 190mm [l] x 138mm [w] x 38mm [h]

R2256 EACH

R2257 EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

80mm

50mm 5m m

355

315m

6-21 Multi Compartment Box

4-22 Multi Compartment Box

〉〉 Dimensions: 315mm [l] x 225mm [w] x 50mm [h]

〉〉 Dimensions: 355mm [l] x 230mm [w] x 80mm [h]

R2260 EACH

R2261 EACH

Magnetic Hook Box A superb, 44-section, double-sided, magnetic, hook box complete with separating pencil to aid with picking up small hooks. Perfect for storing and organising hooks for the angler who fishes for a variety of species and with a varied selection of hooks. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

44-section box Double-sided Clear-view lids Strong, magnetic base Dimensions: 145mm [l] x 110mm [w] x 20mm [h]

R2259 EACH

110

20mm

256

5m 14

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

Lure Cases The Leeda range of lures cases is the perfect solution to storing and protecting your expensive lures and artificial baits. The boxes are double-sided for maximum capacity and the compartment features a special Y-shaped base to ensure each hook on the bait is held in the same position to help separate, organise and protect during transit. Each box can hold up to 14 lures and features saltwater-resistant clips and drainage holes to aid the removal of saltwater after fishing. Available in two sizes to suit the most popular sizes of lures and artificial baits. Lure Case Small 20cm Lures 〉〉 Dimensions: 200mm [l] x 160mm [w] x 45mm [h] 〉〉 Holds 10 lures Lure Case Medium 14cm Lures 〉〉 Dimensions: 275mm [l] x 160mm [w] x 45mm [h] 〉〉 Lure Case Large 16cm lures 〉〉 Dimensions: 275mm [l] x 180mm [w] x 45mm [h] 〉〉 Each box can hold up to 14 lures 〉〉 Saltwater-resistant, locking clasps 〉〉 Drainage holes to allow saltwater to be washed off

Double sided

R2268 SMALL EACH R2262

MEDIUM EACH

257

R2263 LARGE EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

355

〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

24 foam winders included 3 colours Protects pre-tied rigs Fits inside the most popular seat boxes 〉〉 Dimensions: 355mm [l] x 230mm [w] x 80mm [h] 〉〉 Front compartment left empty for accessories such as bait needles,bait cotton, leads, etc.

80mm

This unique product offers the perfect solution for sea, pike, coarse and fly anglers alike to organise, protect and simplify their fishing. With 24 foam winders included in the box, rigs can be accessed with ease. The 7cm size winders come in three different colours so you can specify the style of rig on each winder and again you can easily select the rig of your choice quickly. The box will fit into the most popular seat boxes for sea and game anglers and also features an empty, long compartment with removable dividers for items such as bait needles, bait cotton, scissors, leads, etc, so you can have all the necessary rigs and tackle in one box for a successful day’s angling.

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

Rig Storage Box with 24 Foam Winders

R2265 EACH

EVA Foam winders - 7cm The Leeda range of EVA foam winders have many applications in every form of fishing we have in the UK and abroad today. The super- tough foam winders can house any leaders, traces or pre-tied rigs to give maximum fishing time while out on the bank, boat or shoreline. The foam winders come in a range of six colours to help you quickly identify various rigs at a glance if you use a particular colour winder for a style or type of rig. These winders are perfect for all anglers who require a quick and tidy solution to rig storage. 〉〉 Size = 7cm x 2 cm MIXED

L6501

RED

10 PACK 10 PACK

L6502

YELLOW

10 PACK

L6503

GREEN

10 PACK

L6504

BLUE

10 PACK

L6505

ORANGE

10 PACK

258

L6500

www.facebook.com/LeedaFishing twitter.com/LeedaUK

The Leeda Tackle Box System offers the ultimate storage and transit solution for any angler. Made using saltwaterresistant clips and fittings and highimpact-resistant plastic, the tackle box system is the perfect choice for anglers who fish in fresh or saltwater. Also included in the box are three large lure/ tackle boxes with removable dividers to help carry smaller tackle items and accessories. The top compartment is large enough to hold large reels and bigger items, such as tools, a flask or lunchbox. The box also features a fully adjustable and detachable shoulder strap for comfort while carrying the box. 〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉〉

Large area for reels and tackle items 3 x lure cases included Super-tough design Keep tackle safe and clean Dimensions: 440mm [l] x 235mm [w] x 325mm [h] 325mm

LEEDA Tackle Boxes

Large Tackle Box System

R2264 EACH

440m

Large area for reels and tackle items

Lure Box 〉〉 30cmx18cmx4.5cm 〉〉 Compatible with R2264 〉〉 Changeable internal dividers

259

R2264A EACH

LEEDA TELESALES 01908 442950

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE VIA

260

Sales Order Number: 01908 442950 Fax: 01908 442951 Email: sales@leeda.co.uk Customer Care: 01908 442949 Fax: 01908 442951 Email: after.sales@leeda.co.uk Warranty Returns 74 Alston Drive Bradwell Abbey Milton Keynes MK13 9HA

Leeda reserves the right to modify specifications of goods according to the supply position and our ongoing desire to improve product specifications. All measurements are approximate. All prices are correct at time of going to print January 2018 ÂŠ Leeda 2018.